]> gcc.gnu.org Git - gcc.git/blame - gcc/reload.c
* Disable the following change from gcc2. Not appropriate for egcs:
[gcc.git] / gcc / reload.c
CommitLineData
eab89b90 1/* Search an insn for pseudo regs that must be in hard regs and are not.
e5e809f4 2 Copyright (C) 1987, 88, 89, 92-97, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
eab89b90
RK
3
4This file is part of GNU CC.
5
6GNU CC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
7it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
8the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
9any later version.
10
11GNU CC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
12but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
13MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
14GNU General Public License for more details.
15
16You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
17along with GNU CC; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
e99215a3
RK
18the Free Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
19Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
eab89b90
RK
20
21
22/* This file contains subroutines used only from the file reload1.c.
23 It knows how to scan one insn for operands and values
24 that need to be copied into registers to make valid code.
25 It also finds other operands and values which are valid
26 but for which equivalent values in registers exist and
27 ought to be used instead.
28
29 Before processing the first insn of the function, call `init_reload'.
30
31 To scan an insn, call `find_reloads'. This does two things:
32 1. sets up tables describing which values must be reloaded
33 for this insn, and what kind of hard regs they must be reloaded into;
34 2. optionally record the locations where those values appear in
35 the data, so they can be replaced properly later.
36 This is done only if the second arg to `find_reloads' is nonzero.
37
38 The third arg to `find_reloads' specifies the number of levels
39 of indirect addressing supported by the machine. If it is zero,
40 indirect addressing is not valid. If it is one, (MEM (REG n))
41 is valid even if (REG n) did not get a hard register; if it is two,
42 (MEM (MEM (REG n))) is also valid even if (REG n) did not get a
43 hard register, and similarly for higher values.
44
45 Then you must choose the hard regs to reload those pseudo regs into,
46 and generate appropriate load insns before this insn and perhaps
47 also store insns after this insn. Set up the array `reload_reg_rtx'
48 to contain the REG rtx's for the registers you used. In some
49 cases `find_reloads' will return a nonzero value in `reload_reg_rtx'
50 for certain reloads. Then that tells you which register to use,
51 so you do not need to allocate one. But you still do need to add extra
52 instructions to copy the value into and out of that register.
53
54 Finally you must call `subst_reloads' to substitute the reload reg rtx's
55 into the locations already recorded.
56
57NOTE SIDE EFFECTS:
58
59 find_reloads can alter the operands of the instruction it is called on.
60
61 1. Two operands of any sort may be interchanged, if they are in a
62 commutative instruction.
63 This happens only if find_reloads thinks the instruction will compile
64 better that way.
65
66 2. Pseudo-registers that are equivalent to constants are replaced
67 with those constants if they are not in hard registers.
68
691 happens every time find_reloads is called.
702 happens only when REPLACE is 1, which is only when
71actually doing the reloads, not when just counting them.
72
73
74Using a reload register for several reloads in one insn:
75
76When an insn has reloads, it is considered as having three parts:
77the input reloads, the insn itself after reloading, and the output reloads.
78Reloads of values used in memory addresses are often needed for only one part.
79
80When this is so, reload_when_needed records which part needs the reload.
81Two reloads for different parts of the insn can share the same reload
82register.
83
84When a reload is used for addresses in multiple parts, or when it is
85an ordinary operand, it is classified as RELOAD_OTHER, and cannot share
86a register with any other reload. */
87
88#define REG_OK_STRICT
89
90#include "config.h"
670ee920 91#include "system.h"
eab89b90
RK
92#include "rtl.h"
93#include "insn-config.h"
94#include "insn-codes.h"
95#include "recog.h"
96#include "reload.h"
97#include "regs.h"
98#include "hard-reg-set.h"
99#include "flags.h"
100#include "real.h"
8a840ac9 101#include "output.h"
55c22565 102#include "expr.h"
10f0ad3d 103#include "toplev.h"
eab89b90
RK
104
105#ifndef REGISTER_MOVE_COST
106#define REGISTER_MOVE_COST(x, y) 2
107#endif
858c3c8c
ILT
108
109#ifndef REGNO_MODE_OK_FOR_BASE_P
110#define REGNO_MODE_OK_FOR_BASE_P(REGNO, MODE) REGNO_OK_FOR_BASE_P (REGNO)
111#endif
112
113#ifndef REG_MODE_OK_FOR_BASE_P
114#define REG_MODE_OK_FOR_BASE_P(REGNO, MODE) REG_OK_FOR_BASE_P (REGNO)
115#endif
eab89b90
RK
116\f
117/* The variables set up by `find_reloads' are:
118
119 n_reloads number of distinct reloads needed; max reload # + 1
120 tables indexed by reload number
121 reload_in rtx for value to reload from
122 reload_out rtx for where to store reload-reg afterward if nec
123 (often the same as reload_in)
124 reload_reg_class enum reg_class, saying what regs to reload into
125 reload_inmode enum machine_mode; mode this operand should have
126 when reloaded, on input.
127 reload_outmode enum machine_mode; mode this operand should have
128 when reloaded, on output.
eab89b90
RK
129 reload_optional char, nonzero for an optional reload.
130 Optional reloads are ignored unless the
131 value is already sitting in a register.
f5963e61
JL
132 reload_nongroup char, nonzero when a reload must use a register
133 not already allocated to a group.
eab89b90
RK
134 reload_inc int, positive amount to increment or decrement by if
135 reload_in is a PRE_DEC, PRE_INC, POST_DEC, POST_INC.
136 Ignored otherwise (don't assume it is zero).
137 reload_in_reg rtx. A reg for which reload_in is the equivalent.
138 If reload_in is a symbol_ref which came from
139 reg_equiv_constant, then this is the pseudo
140 which has that symbol_ref as equivalent.
141 reload_reg_rtx rtx. This is the register to reload into.
142 If it is zero when `find_reloads' returns,
143 you must find a suitable register in the class
144 specified by reload_reg_class, and store here
145 an rtx for that register with mode from
146 reload_inmode or reload_outmode.
147 reload_nocombine char, nonzero if this reload shouldn't be
148 combined with another reload.
a8c9daeb
RK
149 reload_opnum int, operand number being reloaded. This is
150 used to group related reloads and need not always
151 be equal to the actual operand number in the insn,
152 though it current will be; for in-out operands, it
153 is one of the two operand numbers.
154 reload_when_needed enum, classifies reload as needed either for
eab89b90
RK
155 addressing an input reload, addressing an output,
156 for addressing a non-reloaded mem ref,
157 or for unspecified purposes (i.e., more than one
158 of the above).
eab89b90 159 reload_secondary_p int, 1 if this is a secondary register for one
9ec7078b
RK
160 or more reloads.
161 reload_secondary_in_reload
162 reload_secondary_out_reload
163 int, gives the reload number of a secondary
164 reload, when needed; otherwise -1
165 reload_secondary_in_icode
166 reload_secondary_out_icode
167 enum insn_code, if a secondary reload is required,
eab89b90
RK
168 gives the INSN_CODE that uses the secondary
169 reload as a scratch register, or CODE_FOR_nothing
170 if the secondary reload register is to be an
171 intermediate register. */
172int n_reloads;
173
174rtx reload_in[MAX_RELOADS];
175rtx reload_out[MAX_RELOADS];
176enum reg_class reload_reg_class[MAX_RELOADS];
177enum machine_mode reload_inmode[MAX_RELOADS];
178enum machine_mode reload_outmode[MAX_RELOADS];
eab89b90
RK
179rtx reload_reg_rtx[MAX_RELOADS];
180char reload_optional[MAX_RELOADS];
f5963e61 181char reload_nongroup[MAX_RELOADS];
eab89b90
RK
182int reload_inc[MAX_RELOADS];
183rtx reload_in_reg[MAX_RELOADS];
184char reload_nocombine[MAX_RELOADS];
a8c9daeb
RK
185int reload_opnum[MAX_RELOADS];
186enum reload_type reload_when_needed[MAX_RELOADS];
eab89b90 187int reload_secondary_p[MAX_RELOADS];
9ec7078b
RK
188int reload_secondary_in_reload[MAX_RELOADS];
189int reload_secondary_out_reload[MAX_RELOADS];
190enum insn_code reload_secondary_in_icode[MAX_RELOADS];
191enum insn_code reload_secondary_out_icode[MAX_RELOADS];
eab89b90
RK
192
193/* All the "earlyclobber" operands of the current insn
194 are recorded here. */
195int n_earlyclobbers;
196rtx reload_earlyclobbers[MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS];
197
a8c9daeb
RK
198int reload_n_operands;
199
eab89b90
RK
200/* Replacing reloads.
201
202 If `replace_reloads' is nonzero, then as each reload is recorded
203 an entry is made for it in the table `replacements'.
204 Then later `subst_reloads' can look through that table and
205 perform all the replacements needed. */
206
207/* Nonzero means record the places to replace. */
208static int replace_reloads;
209
210/* Each replacement is recorded with a structure like this. */
211struct replacement
212{
213 rtx *where; /* Location to store in */
214 rtx *subreg_loc; /* Location of SUBREG if WHERE is inside
215 a SUBREG; 0 otherwise. */
216 int what; /* which reload this is for */
217 enum machine_mode mode; /* mode it must have */
218};
219
220static struct replacement replacements[MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS * ((MAX_REGS_PER_ADDRESS * 2) + 1)];
221
222/* Number of replacements currently recorded. */
223static int n_replacements;
224
a8c9daeb
RK
225/* Used to track what is modified by an operand. */
226struct decomposition
227{
0f41302f
MS
228 int reg_flag; /* Nonzero if referencing a register. */
229 int safe; /* Nonzero if this can't conflict with anything. */
230 rtx base; /* Base address for MEM. */
231 HOST_WIDE_INT start; /* Starting offset or register number. */
2a6d5ce0 232 HOST_WIDE_INT end; /* Ending offset or register number. */
a8c9daeb
RK
233};
234
eab89b90
RK
235/* MEM-rtx's created for pseudo-regs in stack slots not directly addressable;
236 (see reg_equiv_address). */
237static rtx memlocs[MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS * ((MAX_REGS_PER_ADDRESS * 2) + 1)];
238static int n_memlocs;
239
0dadecf6
RK
240#ifdef SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED
241
242/* Save MEMs needed to copy from one class of registers to another. One MEM
243 is used per mode, but normally only one or two modes are ever used.
244
a8c9daeb
RK
245 We keep two versions, before and after register elimination. The one
246 after register elimination is record separately for each operand. This
247 is done in case the address is not valid to be sure that we separately
248 reload each. */
0dadecf6
RK
249
250static rtx secondary_memlocs[NUM_MACHINE_MODES];
77545d45 251static rtx secondary_memlocs_elim[NUM_MACHINE_MODES][MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS];
0dadecf6
RK
252#endif
253
eab89b90
RK
254/* The instruction we are doing reloads for;
255 so we can test whether a register dies in it. */
256static rtx this_insn;
257
258/* Nonzero if this instruction is a user-specified asm with operands. */
259static int this_insn_is_asm;
260
261/* If hard_regs_live_known is nonzero,
262 we can tell which hard regs are currently live,
263 at least enough to succeed in choosing dummy reloads. */
264static int hard_regs_live_known;
265
266/* Indexed by hard reg number,
956d6950 267 element is nonnegative if hard reg has been spilled.
eab89b90
RK
268 This vector is passed to `find_reloads' as an argument
269 and is not changed here. */
270static short *static_reload_reg_p;
271
272/* Set to 1 in subst_reg_equivs if it changes anything. */
273static int subst_reg_equivs_changed;
274
275/* On return from push_reload, holds the reload-number for the OUT
276 operand, which can be different for that from the input operand. */
277static int output_reloadnum;
278
9ec7078b
RK
279 /* Compare two RTX's. */
280#define MATCHES(x, y) \
281 (x == y || (x != 0 && (GET_CODE (x) == REG \
282 ? GET_CODE (y) == REG && REGNO (x) == REGNO (y) \
283 : rtx_equal_p (x, y) && ! side_effects_p (x))))
284
285 /* Indicates if two reloads purposes are for similar enough things that we
286 can merge their reloads. */
287#define MERGABLE_RELOADS(when1, when2, op1, op2) \
288 ((when1) == RELOAD_OTHER || (when2) == RELOAD_OTHER \
289 || ((when1) == (when2) && (op1) == (op2)) \
290 || ((when1) == RELOAD_FOR_INPUT && (when2) == RELOAD_FOR_INPUT) \
291 || ((when1) == RELOAD_FOR_OPERAND_ADDRESS \
292 && (when2) == RELOAD_FOR_OPERAND_ADDRESS) \
293 || ((when1) == RELOAD_FOR_OTHER_ADDRESS \
294 && (when2) == RELOAD_FOR_OTHER_ADDRESS))
295
296 /* Nonzero if these two reload purposes produce RELOAD_OTHER when merged. */
297#define MERGE_TO_OTHER(when1, when2, op1, op2) \
298 ((when1) != (when2) \
299 || ! ((op1) == (op2) \
300 || (when1) == RELOAD_FOR_INPUT \
301 || (when1) == RELOAD_FOR_OPERAND_ADDRESS \
302 || (when1) == RELOAD_FOR_OTHER_ADDRESS))
303
47c8cf91
ILT
304 /* If we are going to reload an address, compute the reload type to
305 use. */
306#define ADDR_TYPE(type) \
307 ((type) == RELOAD_FOR_INPUT_ADDRESS \
308 ? RELOAD_FOR_INPADDR_ADDRESS \
309 : ((type) == RELOAD_FOR_OUTPUT_ADDRESS \
310 ? RELOAD_FOR_OUTADDR_ADDRESS \
311 : (type)))
312
56c5d8bf 313#ifdef HAVE_SECONDARY_RELOADS
9ec7078b
RK
314static int push_secondary_reload PROTO((int, rtx, int, int, enum reg_class,
315 enum machine_mode, enum reload_type,
316 enum insn_code *));
56c5d8bf 317#endif
c6716840 318static enum reg_class find_valid_class PROTO((enum machine_mode, int));
a8c9daeb
RK
319static int push_reload PROTO((rtx, rtx, rtx *, rtx *, enum reg_class,
320 enum machine_mode, enum machine_mode,
321 int, int, int, enum reload_type));
322static void push_replacement PROTO((rtx *, int, enum machine_mode));
323static void combine_reloads PROTO((void));
324static rtx find_dummy_reload PROTO((rtx, rtx, rtx *, rtx *,
36b50568 325 enum machine_mode, enum machine_mode,
189086f9 326 enum reg_class, int, int));
4644aad4 327static int earlyclobber_operand_p PROTO((rtx));
a8c9daeb
RK
328static int hard_reg_set_here_p PROTO((int, int, rtx));
329static struct decomposition decompose PROTO((rtx));
330static int immune_p PROTO((rtx, rtx, struct decomposition));
331static int alternative_allows_memconst PROTO((char *, int));
332static rtx find_reloads_toplev PROTO((rtx, int, enum reload_type, int, int));
333static rtx make_memloc PROTO((rtx, int));
334static int find_reloads_address PROTO((enum machine_mode, rtx *, rtx, rtx *,
55c22565 335 int, enum reload_type, int, rtx));
a8c9daeb
RK
336static rtx subst_reg_equivs PROTO((rtx));
337static rtx subst_indexed_address PROTO((rtx));
858c3c8c 338static int find_reloads_address_1 PROTO((enum machine_mode, rtx, int, rtx *,
55c22565 339 int, enum reload_type,int, rtx));
a8c9daeb
RK
340static void find_reloads_address_part PROTO((rtx, rtx *, enum reg_class,
341 enum machine_mode, int,
342 enum reload_type, int));
343static int find_inc_amount PROTO((rtx, rtx));
eab89b90
RK
344\f
345#ifdef HAVE_SECONDARY_RELOADS
346
347/* Determine if any secondary reloads are needed for loading (if IN_P is
348 non-zero) or storing (if IN_P is zero) X to or from a reload register of
9ec7078b
RK
349 register class RELOAD_CLASS in mode RELOAD_MODE. If secondary reloads
350 are needed, push them.
351
352 Return the reload number of the secondary reload we made, or -1 if
353 we didn't need one. *PICODE is set to the insn_code to use if we do
354 need a secondary reload. */
355
356static int
357push_secondary_reload (in_p, x, opnum, optional, reload_class, reload_mode,
358 type, picode)
359 int in_p;
eab89b90 360 rtx x;
9ec7078b
RK
361 int opnum;
362 int optional;
eab89b90
RK
363 enum reg_class reload_class;
364 enum machine_mode reload_mode;
9ec7078b 365 enum reload_type type;
eab89b90 366 enum insn_code *picode;
eab89b90
RK
367{
368 enum reg_class class = NO_REGS;
369 enum machine_mode mode = reload_mode;
370 enum insn_code icode = CODE_FOR_nothing;
371 enum reg_class t_class = NO_REGS;
372 enum machine_mode t_mode = VOIDmode;
373 enum insn_code t_icode = CODE_FOR_nothing;
d94d2abc 374 enum reload_type secondary_type;
9ec7078b
RK
375 int s_reload, t_reload = -1;
376
47c8cf91
ILT
377 if (type == RELOAD_FOR_INPUT_ADDRESS
378 || type == RELOAD_FOR_OUTPUT_ADDRESS
379 || type == RELOAD_FOR_INPADDR_ADDRESS
380 || type == RELOAD_FOR_OUTADDR_ADDRESS)
d94d2abc
RK
381 secondary_type = type;
382 else
383 secondary_type = in_p ? RELOAD_FOR_INPUT_ADDRESS : RELOAD_FOR_OUTPUT_ADDRESS;
384
9ec7078b 385 *picode = CODE_FOR_nothing;
eab89b90 386
67340b03
RK
387 /* If X is a paradoxical SUBREG, use the inner value to determine both the
388 mode and object being reloaded. */
389 if (GET_CODE (x) == SUBREG
390 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x))
391 > GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (x)))))
392 {
393 x = SUBREG_REG (x);
394 reload_mode = GET_MODE (x);
395 }
396
d45cf215
RS
397 /* If X is a pseudo-register that has an equivalent MEM (actually, if it
398 is still a pseudo-register by now, it *must* have an equivalent MEM
399 but we don't want to assume that), use that equivalent when seeing if
400 a secondary reload is needed since whether or not a reload is needed
401 might be sensitive to the form of the MEM. */
402
403 if (GET_CODE (x) == REG && REGNO (x) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
404 && reg_equiv_mem[REGNO (x)] != 0)
405 x = reg_equiv_mem[REGNO (x)];
406
eab89b90
RK
407#ifdef SECONDARY_INPUT_RELOAD_CLASS
408 if (in_p)
409 class = SECONDARY_INPUT_RELOAD_CLASS (reload_class, reload_mode, x);
410#endif
411
412#ifdef SECONDARY_OUTPUT_RELOAD_CLASS
413 if (! in_p)
414 class = SECONDARY_OUTPUT_RELOAD_CLASS (reload_class, reload_mode, x);
415#endif
416
9ec7078b 417 /* If we don't need any secondary registers, done. */
eab89b90 418 if (class == NO_REGS)
9ec7078b 419 return -1;
eab89b90
RK
420
421 /* Get a possible insn to use. If the predicate doesn't accept X, don't
422 use the insn. */
423
424 icode = (in_p ? reload_in_optab[(int) reload_mode]
425 : reload_out_optab[(int) reload_mode]);
426
427 if (icode != CODE_FOR_nothing
428 && insn_operand_predicate[(int) icode][in_p]
429 && (! (insn_operand_predicate[(int) icode][in_p]) (x, reload_mode)))
430 icode = CODE_FOR_nothing;
431
432 /* If we will be using an insn, see if it can directly handle the reload
433 register we will be using. If it can, the secondary reload is for a
434 scratch register. If it can't, we will use the secondary reload for
435 an intermediate register and require a tertiary reload for the scratch
436 register. */
437
438 if (icode != CODE_FOR_nothing)
439 {
440 /* If IN_P is non-zero, the reload register will be the output in
441 operand 0. If IN_P is zero, the reload register will be the input
442 in operand 1. Outputs should have an initial "=", which we must
443 skip. */
444
d45cf215 445 char insn_letter = insn_operand_constraint[(int) icode][!in_p][in_p];
eab89b90 446 enum reg_class insn_class
d45cf215
RS
447 = (insn_letter == 'r' ? GENERAL_REGS
448 : REG_CLASS_FROM_LETTER (insn_letter));
eab89b90
RK
449
450 if (insn_class == NO_REGS
451 || (in_p && insn_operand_constraint[(int) icode][!in_p][0] != '=')
452 /* The scratch register's constraint must start with "=&". */
453 || insn_operand_constraint[(int) icode][2][0] != '='
454 || insn_operand_constraint[(int) icode][2][1] != '&')
455 abort ();
456
457 if (reg_class_subset_p (reload_class, insn_class))
458 mode = insn_operand_mode[(int) icode][2];
459 else
460 {
d45cf215 461 char t_letter = insn_operand_constraint[(int) icode][2][2];
eab89b90
RK
462 class = insn_class;
463 t_mode = insn_operand_mode[(int) icode][2];
d45cf215
RS
464 t_class = (t_letter == 'r' ? GENERAL_REGS
465 : REG_CLASS_FROM_LETTER (t_letter));
eab89b90
RK
466 t_icode = icode;
467 icode = CODE_FOR_nothing;
468 }
469 }
470
9ec7078b
RK
471 /* This case isn't valid, so fail. Reload is allowed to use the same
472 register for RELOAD_FOR_INPUT_ADDRESS and RELOAD_FOR_INPUT reloads, but
473 in the case of a secondary register, we actually need two different
474 registers for correct code. We fail here to prevent the possibility of
475 silently generating incorrect code later.
476
477 The convention is that secondary input reloads are valid only if the
478 secondary_class is different from class. If you have such a case, you
479 can not use secondary reloads, you must work around the problem some
480 other way.
481
482 Allow this when MODE is not reload_mode and assume that the generated
483 code handles this case (it does on the Alpha, which is the only place
484 this currently happens). */
485
486 if (in_p && class == reload_class && mode == reload_mode)
487 abort ();
488
489 /* If we need a tertiary reload, see if we have one we can reuse or else
490 make a new one. */
491
492 if (t_class != NO_REGS)
493 {
494 for (t_reload = 0; t_reload < n_reloads; t_reload++)
495 if (reload_secondary_p[t_reload]
496 && (reg_class_subset_p (t_class, reload_reg_class[t_reload])
497 || reg_class_subset_p (reload_reg_class[t_reload], t_class))
498 && ((in_p && reload_inmode[t_reload] == t_mode)
499 || (! in_p && reload_outmode[t_reload] == t_mode))
500 && ((in_p && (reload_secondary_in_icode[t_reload]
501 == CODE_FOR_nothing))
502 || (! in_p &&(reload_secondary_out_icode[t_reload]
503 == CODE_FOR_nothing)))
e9a25f70 504 && (reg_class_size[(int) t_class] == 1 || SMALL_REGISTER_CLASSES)
9ec7078b
RK
505 && MERGABLE_RELOADS (secondary_type,
506 reload_when_needed[t_reload],
507 opnum, reload_opnum[t_reload]))
508 {
509 if (in_p)
510 reload_inmode[t_reload] = t_mode;
511 if (! in_p)
512 reload_outmode[t_reload] = t_mode;
513
514 if (reg_class_subset_p (t_class, reload_reg_class[t_reload]))
515 reload_reg_class[t_reload] = t_class;
516
517 reload_opnum[t_reload] = MIN (reload_opnum[t_reload], opnum);
518 reload_optional[t_reload] &= optional;
519 reload_secondary_p[t_reload] = 1;
520 if (MERGE_TO_OTHER (secondary_type, reload_when_needed[t_reload],
521 opnum, reload_opnum[t_reload]))
522 reload_when_needed[t_reload] = RELOAD_OTHER;
523 }
524
525 if (t_reload == n_reloads)
526 {
527 /* We need to make a new tertiary reload for this register class. */
528 reload_in[t_reload] = reload_out[t_reload] = 0;
529 reload_reg_class[t_reload] = t_class;
530 reload_inmode[t_reload] = in_p ? t_mode : VOIDmode;
531 reload_outmode[t_reload] = ! in_p ? t_mode : VOIDmode;
532 reload_reg_rtx[t_reload] = 0;
533 reload_optional[t_reload] = optional;
f5963e61 534 reload_nongroup[t_reload] = 0;
9ec7078b
RK
535 reload_inc[t_reload] = 0;
536 /* Maybe we could combine these, but it seems too tricky. */
537 reload_nocombine[t_reload] = 1;
538 reload_in_reg[t_reload] = 0;
539 reload_opnum[t_reload] = opnum;
540 reload_when_needed[t_reload] = secondary_type;
541 reload_secondary_in_reload[t_reload] = -1;
542 reload_secondary_out_reload[t_reload] = -1;
543 reload_secondary_in_icode[t_reload] = CODE_FOR_nothing;
544 reload_secondary_out_icode[t_reload] = CODE_FOR_nothing;
545 reload_secondary_p[t_reload] = 1;
546
547 n_reloads++;
548 }
549 }
550
551 /* See if we can reuse an existing secondary reload. */
552 for (s_reload = 0; s_reload < n_reloads; s_reload++)
553 if (reload_secondary_p[s_reload]
554 && (reg_class_subset_p (class, reload_reg_class[s_reload])
555 || reg_class_subset_p (reload_reg_class[s_reload], class))
556 && ((in_p && reload_inmode[s_reload] == mode)
557 || (! in_p && reload_outmode[s_reload] == mode))
558 && ((in_p && reload_secondary_in_reload[s_reload] == t_reload)
559 || (! in_p && reload_secondary_out_reload[s_reload] == t_reload))
560 && ((in_p && reload_secondary_in_icode[s_reload] == t_icode)
561 || (! in_p && reload_secondary_out_icode[s_reload] == t_icode))
e9a25f70 562 && (reg_class_size[(int) class] == 1 || SMALL_REGISTER_CLASSES)
9ec7078b
RK
563 && MERGABLE_RELOADS (secondary_type, reload_when_needed[s_reload],
564 opnum, reload_opnum[s_reload]))
565 {
566 if (in_p)
567 reload_inmode[s_reload] = mode;
568 if (! in_p)
569 reload_outmode[s_reload] = mode;
570
571 if (reg_class_subset_p (class, reload_reg_class[s_reload]))
572 reload_reg_class[s_reload] = class;
573
574 reload_opnum[s_reload] = MIN (reload_opnum[s_reload], opnum);
575 reload_optional[s_reload] &= optional;
576 reload_secondary_p[s_reload] = 1;
577 if (MERGE_TO_OTHER (secondary_type, reload_when_needed[s_reload],
578 opnum, reload_opnum[s_reload]))
579 reload_when_needed[s_reload] = RELOAD_OTHER;
580 }
eab89b90 581
9ec7078b
RK
582 if (s_reload == n_reloads)
583 {
e9a25f70
JL
584#ifdef SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED
585 /* If we need a memory location to copy between the two reload regs,
586 set it up now. Note that we do the input case before making
587 the reload and the output case after. This is due to the
588 way reloads are output. */
589
590 if (in_p && icode == CODE_FOR_nothing
591 && SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED (class, reload_class, mode))
592 get_secondary_mem (x, reload_mode, opnum, type);
593#endif
594
9ec7078b
RK
595 /* We need to make a new secondary reload for this register class. */
596 reload_in[s_reload] = reload_out[s_reload] = 0;
597 reload_reg_class[s_reload] = class;
598
599 reload_inmode[s_reload] = in_p ? mode : VOIDmode;
600 reload_outmode[s_reload] = ! in_p ? mode : VOIDmode;
601 reload_reg_rtx[s_reload] = 0;
602 reload_optional[s_reload] = optional;
f5963e61 603 reload_nongroup[s_reload] = 0;
9ec7078b
RK
604 reload_inc[s_reload] = 0;
605 /* Maybe we could combine these, but it seems too tricky. */
606 reload_nocombine[s_reload] = 1;
607 reload_in_reg[s_reload] = 0;
608 reload_opnum[s_reload] = opnum;
609 reload_when_needed[s_reload] = secondary_type;
610 reload_secondary_in_reload[s_reload] = in_p ? t_reload : -1;
611 reload_secondary_out_reload[s_reload] = ! in_p ? t_reload : -1;
612 reload_secondary_in_icode[s_reload] = in_p ? t_icode : CODE_FOR_nothing;
613 reload_secondary_out_icode[s_reload]
614 = ! in_p ? t_icode : CODE_FOR_nothing;
615 reload_secondary_p[s_reload] = 1;
616
617 n_reloads++;
618
619#ifdef SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED
9ec7078b 620 if (! in_p && icode == CODE_FOR_nothing
f49e4127
JW
621 && SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED (reload_class, class, mode))
622 get_secondary_mem (x, mode, opnum, type);
9ec7078b
RK
623#endif
624 }
625
626 *picode = icode;
627 return s_reload;
eab89b90
RK
628}
629#endif /* HAVE_SECONDARY_RELOADS */
630\f
0dadecf6
RK
631#ifdef SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED
632
633/* Return a memory location that will be used to copy X in mode MODE.
634 If we haven't already made a location for this mode in this insn,
635 call find_reloads_address on the location being returned. */
636
637rtx
a8c9daeb 638get_secondary_mem (x, mode, opnum, type)
0dadecf6
RK
639 rtx x;
640 enum machine_mode mode;
a8c9daeb
RK
641 int opnum;
642 enum reload_type type;
0dadecf6
RK
643{
644 rtx loc;
645 int mem_valid;
646
64609742
RK
647 /* By default, if MODE is narrower than a word, widen it to a word.
648 This is required because most machines that require these memory
649 locations do not support short load and stores from all registers
650 (e.g., FP registers). */
651
652#ifdef SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED_MODE
653 mode = SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED_MODE (mode);
654#else
0dadecf6
RK
655 if (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) < BITS_PER_WORD)
656 mode = mode_for_size (BITS_PER_WORD, GET_MODE_CLASS (mode), 0);
64609742 657#endif
0dadecf6 658
77545d45
RK
659 /* If we already have made a MEM for this operand in MODE, return it. */
660 if (secondary_memlocs_elim[(int) mode][opnum] != 0)
661 return secondary_memlocs_elim[(int) mode][opnum];
0dadecf6
RK
662
663 /* If this is the first time we've tried to get a MEM for this mode,
664 allocate a new one. `something_changed' in reload will get set
665 by noticing that the frame size has changed. */
666
667 if (secondary_memlocs[(int) mode] == 0)
b24a53d5
JW
668 {
669#ifdef SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED_RTX
670 secondary_memlocs[(int) mode] = SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED_RTX (mode);
671#else
672 secondary_memlocs[(int) mode]
673 = assign_stack_local (mode, GET_MODE_SIZE (mode), 0);
674#endif
675 }
0dadecf6
RK
676
677 /* Get a version of the address doing any eliminations needed. If that
678 didn't give us a new MEM, make a new one if it isn't valid. */
679
1914f5da 680 loc = eliminate_regs (secondary_memlocs[(int) mode], VOIDmode, NULL_RTX);
0dadecf6
RK
681 mem_valid = strict_memory_address_p (mode, XEXP (loc, 0));
682
683 if (! mem_valid && loc == secondary_memlocs[(int) mode])
684 loc = copy_rtx (loc);
685
686 /* The only time the call below will do anything is if the stack
687 offset is too large. In that case IND_LEVELS doesn't matter, so we
a8c9daeb
RK
688 can just pass a zero. Adjust the type to be the address of the
689 corresponding object. If the address was valid, save the eliminated
690 address. If it wasn't valid, we need to make a reload each time, so
691 don't save it. */
0dadecf6 692
a8c9daeb
RK
693 if (! mem_valid)
694 {
695 type = (type == RELOAD_FOR_INPUT ? RELOAD_FOR_INPUT_ADDRESS
696 : type == RELOAD_FOR_OUTPUT ? RELOAD_FOR_OUTPUT_ADDRESS
697 : RELOAD_OTHER);
8d618585 698
a8c9daeb 699 find_reloads_address (mode, NULL_PTR, XEXP (loc, 0), &XEXP (loc, 0),
55c22565 700 opnum, type, 0, 0);
a8c9daeb 701 }
0dadecf6 702
77545d45 703 secondary_memlocs_elim[(int) mode][opnum] = loc;
0dadecf6
RK
704 return loc;
705}
706
707/* Clear any secondary memory locations we've made. */
708
709void
710clear_secondary_mem ()
711{
4c9a05bc 712 bzero ((char *) secondary_memlocs, sizeof secondary_memlocs);
0dadecf6
RK
713}
714#endif /* SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED */
715\f
c6716840
RK
716/* Find the largest class for which every register number plus N is valid in
717 M1 (if in range). Abort if no such class exists. */
718
719static enum reg_class
720find_valid_class (m1, n)
721 enum machine_mode m1;
722 int n;
723{
724 int class;
725 int regno;
726 enum reg_class best_class;
727 int best_size = 0;
728
729 for (class = 1; class < N_REG_CLASSES; class++)
730 {
731 int bad = 0;
732 for (regno = 0; regno < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER && ! bad; regno++)
733 if (TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reg_class_contents[class], regno)
734 && TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reg_class_contents[class], regno + n)
735 && ! HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK (regno + n, m1))
736 bad = 1;
737
738 if (! bad && reg_class_size[class] > best_size)
739 best_class = class, best_size = reg_class_size[class];
740 }
741
742 if (best_size == 0)
743 abort ();
744
745 return best_class;
746}
747\f
a8c9daeb 748/* Record one reload that needs to be performed.
eab89b90
RK
749 IN is an rtx saying where the data are to be found before this instruction.
750 OUT says where they must be stored after the instruction.
751 (IN is zero for data not read, and OUT is zero for data not written.)
752 INLOC and OUTLOC point to the places in the instructions where
753 IN and OUT were found.
a8c9daeb
RK
754 If IN and OUT are both non-zero, it means the same register must be used
755 to reload both IN and OUT.
756
eab89b90
RK
757 CLASS is a register class required for the reloaded data.
758 INMODE is the machine mode that the instruction requires
759 for the reg that replaces IN and OUTMODE is likewise for OUT.
760
761 If IN is zero, then OUT's location and mode should be passed as
762 INLOC and INMODE.
763
764 STRICT_LOW is the 1 if there is a containing STRICT_LOW_PART rtx.
765
766 OPTIONAL nonzero means this reload does not need to be performed:
767 it can be discarded if that is more convenient.
768
a8c9daeb
RK
769 OPNUM and TYPE say what the purpose of this reload is.
770
eab89b90
RK
771 The return value is the reload-number for this reload.
772
773 If both IN and OUT are nonzero, in some rare cases we might
774 want to make two separate reloads. (Actually we never do this now.)
775 Therefore, the reload-number for OUT is stored in
776 output_reloadnum when we return; the return value applies to IN.
777 Usually (presently always), when IN and OUT are nonzero,
778 the two reload-numbers are equal, but the caller should be careful to
779 distinguish them. */
780
781static int
782push_reload (in, out, inloc, outloc, class,
a8c9daeb 783 inmode, outmode, strict_low, optional, opnum, type)
eab89b90
RK
784 register rtx in, out;
785 rtx *inloc, *outloc;
786 enum reg_class class;
787 enum machine_mode inmode, outmode;
788 int strict_low;
789 int optional;
a8c9daeb
RK
790 int opnum;
791 enum reload_type type;
eab89b90
RK
792{
793 register int i;
794 int dont_share = 0;
74347d76 795 int dont_remove_subreg = 0;
eab89b90 796 rtx *in_subreg_loc = 0, *out_subreg_loc = 0;
9ec7078b 797 int secondary_in_reload = -1, secondary_out_reload = -1;
a229128d
RK
798 enum insn_code secondary_in_icode = CODE_FOR_nothing;
799 enum insn_code secondary_out_icode = CODE_FOR_nothing;
a8c9daeb 800
eab89b90
RK
801 /* INMODE and/or OUTMODE could be VOIDmode if no mode
802 has been specified for the operand. In that case,
803 use the operand's mode as the mode to reload. */
804 if (inmode == VOIDmode && in != 0)
805 inmode = GET_MODE (in);
806 if (outmode == VOIDmode && out != 0)
807 outmode = GET_MODE (out);
808
809 /* If IN is a pseudo register everywhere-equivalent to a constant, and
810 it is not in a hard register, reload straight from the constant,
811 since we want to get rid of such pseudo registers.
812 Often this is done earlier, but not always in find_reloads_address. */
813 if (in != 0 && GET_CODE (in) == REG)
814 {
815 register int regno = REGNO (in);
816
817 if (regno >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER && reg_renumber[regno] < 0
818 && reg_equiv_constant[regno] != 0)
819 in = reg_equiv_constant[regno];
820 }
821
822 /* Likewise for OUT. Of course, OUT will never be equivalent to
823 an actual constant, but it might be equivalent to a memory location
824 (in the case of a parameter). */
825 if (out != 0 && GET_CODE (out) == REG)
826 {
827 register int regno = REGNO (out);
828
829 if (regno >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER && reg_renumber[regno] < 0
830 && reg_equiv_constant[regno] != 0)
831 out = reg_equiv_constant[regno];
832 }
833
834 /* If we have a read-write operand with an address side-effect,
835 change either IN or OUT so the side-effect happens only once. */
836 if (in != 0 && out != 0 && GET_CODE (in) == MEM && rtx_equal_p (in, out))
837 {
838 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (in, 0)) == POST_INC
839 || GET_CODE (XEXP (in, 0)) == POST_DEC)
38a448ca 840 in = gen_rtx_MEM (GET_MODE (in), XEXP (XEXP (in, 0), 0));
eab89b90
RK
841 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (in, 0)) == PRE_INC
842 || GET_CODE (XEXP (in, 0)) == PRE_DEC)
38a448ca 843 out = gen_rtx_MEM (GET_MODE (out), XEXP (XEXP (out, 0), 0));
eab89b90
RK
844 }
845
a61c98cf 846 /* If we are reloading a (SUBREG constant ...), really reload just the
ca769828 847 inside expression in its own mode. Similarly for (SUBREG (PLUS ...)).
a61c98cf
RK
848 If we have (SUBREG:M1 (MEM:M2 ...) ...) (or an inner REG that is still
849 a pseudo and hence will become a MEM) with M1 wider than M2 and the
850 register is a pseudo, also reload the inside expression.
f72ccbe6 851 For machines that extend byte loads, do this for any SUBREG of a pseudo
486d8509
RK
852 where both M1 and M2 are a word or smaller, M1 is wider than M2, and
853 M2 is an integral mode that gets extended when loaded.
86c31b2d 854 Similar issue for (SUBREG:M1 (REG:M2 ...) ...) for a hard register R where
eab89b90
RK
855 either M1 is not valid for R or M2 is wider than a word but we only
856 need one word to store an M2-sized quantity in R.
86c31b2d
RS
857 (However, if OUT is nonzero, we need to reload the reg *and*
858 the subreg, so do nothing here, and let following statement handle it.)
859
eab89b90
RK
860 Note that the case of (SUBREG (CONST_INT...)...) is handled elsewhere;
861 we can't handle it here because CONST_INT does not indicate a mode.
862
863 Similarly, we must reload the inside expression if we have a
df62f951
RK
864 STRICT_LOW_PART (presumably, in == out in the cas).
865
866 Also reload the inner expression if it does not require a secondary
486d8509
RK
867 reload but the SUBREG does.
868
869 Finally, reload the inner expression if it is a register that is in
870 the class whose registers cannot be referenced in a different size
d030f4b2
RK
871 and M1 is not the same size as M2. If SUBREG_WORD is nonzero, we
872 cannot reload just the inside since we might end up with the wrong
0f41302f 873 register class. */
eab89b90 874
d030f4b2 875 if (in != 0 && GET_CODE (in) == SUBREG && SUBREG_WORD (in) == 0
94bafba7
RK
876#ifdef CLASS_CANNOT_CHANGE_SIZE
877 && class != CLASS_CANNOT_CHANGE_SIZE
878#endif
a61c98cf 879 && (CONSTANT_P (SUBREG_REG (in))
ca769828 880 || GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (in)) == PLUS
eab89b90 881 || strict_low
a61c98cf
RK
882 || (((GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (in)) == REG
883 && REGNO (SUBREG_REG (in)) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
884 || GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (in)) == MEM)
03b72c86
RK
885 && ((GET_MODE_SIZE (inmode)
886 > GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (in))))
09bf0250 887#ifdef LOAD_EXTEND_OP
03b72c86
RK
888 || (GET_MODE_SIZE (inmode) <= UNITS_PER_WORD
889 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (in)))
890 <= UNITS_PER_WORD)
891 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (inmode)
486d8509
RK
892 > GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (in))))
893 && INTEGRAL_MODE_P (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (in)))
894 && LOAD_EXTEND_OP (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (in))) != NIL)
d2c92f5a
R
895#endif
896#ifdef WORD_REGISTER_OPERATIONS
897 || ((GET_MODE_SIZE (inmode)
898 < GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (in))))
899 && ((GET_MODE_SIZE (inmode) - 1) / UNITS_PER_WORD ==
900 ((GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (in))) - 1)
901 / UNITS_PER_WORD)))
f72ccbe6 902#endif
03b72c86 903 ))
a61c98cf
RK
904 || (GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (in)) == REG
905 && REGNO (SUBREG_REG (in)) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
86c31b2d
RS
906 /* The case where out is nonzero
907 is handled differently in the following statement. */
908 && (out == 0 || SUBREG_WORD (in) == 0)
f72ccbe6
RK
909 && ((GET_MODE_SIZE (inmode) <= UNITS_PER_WORD
910 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (in)))
911 > UNITS_PER_WORD)
912 && ((GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (in)))
913 / UNITS_PER_WORD)
914 != HARD_REGNO_NREGS (REGNO (SUBREG_REG (in)),
915 GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (in)))))
916 || ! HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK ((REGNO (SUBREG_REG (in))
917 + SUBREG_WORD (in)),
918 inmode)))
df62f951
RK
919#ifdef SECONDARY_INPUT_RELOAD_CLASS
920 || (SECONDARY_INPUT_RELOAD_CLASS (class, inmode, in) != NO_REGS
921 && (SECONDARY_INPUT_RELOAD_CLASS (class,
922 GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (in)),
923 SUBREG_REG (in))
924 == NO_REGS))
486d8509
RK
925#endif
926#ifdef CLASS_CANNOT_CHANGE_SIZE
927 || (GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (in)) == REG
928 && REGNO (SUBREG_REG (in)) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
929 && (TEST_HARD_REG_BIT
930 (reg_class_contents[(int) CLASS_CANNOT_CHANGE_SIZE],
931 REGNO (SUBREG_REG (in))))
932 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (in)))
933 != GET_MODE_SIZE (inmode)))
df62f951
RK
934#endif
935 ))
eab89b90
RK
936 {
937 in_subreg_loc = inloc;
938 inloc = &SUBREG_REG (in);
939 in = *inloc;
d2c92f5a 940#if ! defined (LOAD_EXTEND_OP) && ! defined (WORD_REGISTER_OPERATIONS)
eab89b90
RK
941 if (GET_CODE (in) == MEM)
942 /* This is supposed to happen only for paradoxical subregs made by
943 combine.c. (SUBREG (MEM)) isn't supposed to occur other ways. */
944 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (in)) > GET_MODE_SIZE (inmode))
945 abort ();
e05a9da8 946#endif
eab89b90
RK
947 inmode = GET_MODE (in);
948 }
949
86c31b2d
RS
950 /* Similar issue for (SUBREG:M1 (REG:M2 ...) ...) for a hard register R where
951 either M1 is not valid for R or M2 is wider than a word but we only
952 need one word to store an M2-sized quantity in R.
953
954 However, we must reload the inner reg *as well as* the subreg in
955 that case. */
956
6fd5ac08
JW
957 /* Similar issue for (SUBREG constant ...) if it was not handled by the
958 code above. This can happen if SUBREG_WORD != 0. */
959
86c31b2d 960 if (in != 0 && GET_CODE (in) == SUBREG
6fd5ac08
JW
961 && (CONSTANT_P (SUBREG_REG (in))
962 || (GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (in)) == REG
963 && REGNO (SUBREG_REG (in)) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
964 && (! HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK (REGNO (SUBREG_REG (in))
965 + SUBREG_WORD (in),
966 inmode)
967 || (GET_MODE_SIZE (inmode) <= UNITS_PER_WORD
968 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (in)))
969 > UNITS_PER_WORD)
970 && ((GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (in)))
971 / UNITS_PER_WORD)
972 != HARD_REGNO_NREGS (REGNO (SUBREG_REG (in)),
973 GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (in)))))))))
86c31b2d 974 {
c96d01ab
RK
975 /* This relies on the fact that emit_reload_insns outputs the
976 instructions for input reloads of type RELOAD_OTHER in the same
977 order as the reloads. Thus if the outer reload is also of type
978 RELOAD_OTHER, we are guaranteed that this inner reload will be
979 output before the outer reload. */
86c31b2d 980 push_reload (SUBREG_REG (in), NULL_RTX, &SUBREG_REG (in), NULL_PTR,
c6716840
RK
981 find_valid_class (inmode, SUBREG_WORD (in)),
982 VOIDmode, VOIDmode, 0, 0, opnum, type);
74347d76 983 dont_remove_subreg = 1;
86c31b2d
RS
984 }
985
eab89b90
RK
986 /* Similarly for paradoxical and problematical SUBREGs on the output.
987 Note that there is no reason we need worry about the previous value
988 of SUBREG_REG (out); even if wider than out,
989 storing in a subreg is entitled to clobber it all
990 (except in the case of STRICT_LOW_PART,
991 and in that case the constraint should label it input-output.) */
d030f4b2 992 if (out != 0 && GET_CODE (out) == SUBREG && SUBREG_WORD (out) == 0
94bafba7
RK
993#ifdef CLASS_CANNOT_CHANGE_SIZE
994 && class != CLASS_CANNOT_CHANGE_SIZE
995#endif
a61c98cf 996 && (CONSTANT_P (SUBREG_REG (out))
eab89b90 997 || strict_low
a61c98cf
RK
998 || (((GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (out)) == REG
999 && REGNO (SUBREG_REG (out)) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
1000 || GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (out)) == MEM)
03b72c86 1001 && ((GET_MODE_SIZE (outmode)
1914f5da
RH
1002 > GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (out))))
1003#ifdef WORD_REGISTER_OPERATIONS
6d49a073
JW
1004 || ((GET_MODE_SIZE (outmode)
1005 < GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (out))))
1006 && ((GET_MODE_SIZE (outmode) - 1) / UNITS_PER_WORD ==
1007 ((GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (out))) - 1)
1008 / UNITS_PER_WORD)))
1914f5da
RH
1009#endif
1010 ))
eab89b90
RK
1011 || (GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (out)) == REG
1012 && REGNO (SUBREG_REG (out)) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
f72ccbe6
RK
1013 && ((GET_MODE_SIZE (outmode) <= UNITS_PER_WORD
1014 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (out)))
1015 > UNITS_PER_WORD)
1016 && ((GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (out)))
1017 / UNITS_PER_WORD)
1018 != HARD_REGNO_NREGS (REGNO (SUBREG_REG (out)),
1019 GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (out)))))
1020 || ! HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK ((REGNO (SUBREG_REG (out))
1021 + SUBREG_WORD (out)),
1022 outmode)))
df62f951
RK
1023#ifdef SECONDARY_OUTPUT_RELOAD_CLASS
1024 || (SECONDARY_OUTPUT_RELOAD_CLASS (class, outmode, out) != NO_REGS
1025 && (SECONDARY_OUTPUT_RELOAD_CLASS (class,
1026 GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (out)),
1027 SUBREG_REG (out))
1028 == NO_REGS))
486d8509
RK
1029#endif
1030#ifdef CLASS_CANNOT_CHANGE_SIZE
1031 || (GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (out)) == REG
1032 && REGNO (SUBREG_REG (out)) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
1033 && (TEST_HARD_REG_BIT
1034 (reg_class_contents[(int) CLASS_CANNOT_CHANGE_SIZE],
1035 REGNO (SUBREG_REG (out))))
1036 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (out)))
1037 != GET_MODE_SIZE (outmode)))
df62f951
RK
1038#endif
1039 ))
eab89b90
RK
1040 {
1041 out_subreg_loc = outloc;
1042 outloc = &SUBREG_REG (out);
e05a9da8 1043 out = *outloc;
d2c92f5a 1044#if ! defined (LOAD_EXTEND_OP) && ! defined (WORD_REGISTER_OPERATIONS)
e05a9da8 1045 if (GET_CODE (out) == MEM
eab89b90
RK
1046 && GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (out)) > GET_MODE_SIZE (outmode))
1047 abort ();
e05a9da8 1048#endif
eab89b90
RK
1049 outmode = GET_MODE (out);
1050 }
1051
74347d76
RK
1052 /* Similar issue for (SUBREG:M1 (REG:M2 ...) ...) for a hard register R where
1053 either M1 is not valid for R or M2 is wider than a word but we only
1054 need one word to store an M2-sized quantity in R.
1055
1056 However, we must reload the inner reg *as well as* the subreg in
1057 that case. In this case, the inner reg is an in-out reload. */
1058
1059 if (out != 0 && GET_CODE (out) == SUBREG
1060 && GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (out)) == REG
1061 && REGNO (SUBREG_REG (out)) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
c6716840
RK
1062 && (! HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK (REGNO (SUBREG_REG (out)) + SUBREG_WORD (out),
1063 outmode)
74347d76
RK
1064 || (GET_MODE_SIZE (outmode) <= UNITS_PER_WORD
1065 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (out)))
1066 > UNITS_PER_WORD)
1067 && ((GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (out)))
1068 / UNITS_PER_WORD)
1069 != HARD_REGNO_NREGS (REGNO (SUBREG_REG (out)),
1070 GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (out)))))))
1071 {
c96d01ab
RK
1072 /* This relies on the fact that emit_reload_insns outputs the
1073 instructions for output reloads of type RELOAD_OTHER in reverse
1074 order of the reloads. Thus if the outer reload is also of type
1075 RELOAD_OTHER, we are guaranteed that this inner reload will be
1076 output after the outer reload. */
74347d76
RK
1077 dont_remove_subreg = 1;
1078 push_reload (SUBREG_REG (out), SUBREG_REG (out), &SUBREG_REG (out),
c6716840
RK
1079 &SUBREG_REG (out),
1080 find_valid_class (outmode, SUBREG_WORD (out)),
1081 VOIDmode, VOIDmode, 0, 0,
74347d76
RK
1082 opnum, RELOAD_OTHER);
1083 }
1084
eab89b90
RK
1085 /* If IN appears in OUT, we can't share any input-only reload for IN. */
1086 if (in != 0 && out != 0 && GET_CODE (out) == MEM
1087 && (GET_CODE (in) == REG || GET_CODE (in) == MEM)
bfa30b22 1088 && reg_overlap_mentioned_for_reload_p (in, XEXP (out, 0)))
eab89b90
RK
1089 dont_share = 1;
1090
0dadecf6
RK
1091 /* If IN is a SUBREG of a hard register, make a new REG. This
1092 simplifies some of the cases below. */
1093
1094 if (in != 0 && GET_CODE (in) == SUBREG && GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (in)) == REG
74347d76
RK
1095 && REGNO (SUBREG_REG (in)) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
1096 && ! dont_remove_subreg)
38a448ca
RH
1097 in = gen_rtx_REG (GET_MODE (in),
1098 REGNO (SUBREG_REG (in)) + SUBREG_WORD (in));
0dadecf6
RK
1099
1100 /* Similarly for OUT. */
1101 if (out != 0 && GET_CODE (out) == SUBREG
1102 && GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (out)) == REG
74347d76
RK
1103 && REGNO (SUBREG_REG (out)) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
1104 && ! dont_remove_subreg)
38a448ca
RH
1105 out = gen_rtx_REG (GET_MODE (out),
1106 REGNO (SUBREG_REG (out)) + SUBREG_WORD (out));
0dadecf6 1107
eab89b90
RK
1108 /* Narrow down the class of register wanted if that is
1109 desirable on this machine for efficiency. */
1110 if (in != 0)
1111 class = PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS (in, class);
1112
ac2a9454 1113 /* Output reloads may need analogous treatment, different in detail. */
18a53b78
RS
1114#ifdef PREFERRED_OUTPUT_RELOAD_CLASS
1115 if (out != 0)
1116 class = PREFERRED_OUTPUT_RELOAD_CLASS (out, class);
1117#endif
1118
eab89b90
RK
1119 /* Make sure we use a class that can handle the actual pseudo
1120 inside any subreg. For example, on the 386, QImode regs
1121 can appear within SImode subregs. Although GENERAL_REGS
1122 can handle SImode, QImode needs a smaller class. */
1123#ifdef LIMIT_RELOAD_CLASS
1124 if (in_subreg_loc)
1125 class = LIMIT_RELOAD_CLASS (inmode, class);
1126 else if (in != 0 && GET_CODE (in) == SUBREG)
1127 class = LIMIT_RELOAD_CLASS (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (in)), class);
1128
1129 if (out_subreg_loc)
1130 class = LIMIT_RELOAD_CLASS (outmode, class);
1131 if (out != 0 && GET_CODE (out) == SUBREG)
1132 class = LIMIT_RELOAD_CLASS (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (out)), class);
1133#endif
1134
eab89b90
RK
1135 /* Verify that this class is at least possible for the mode that
1136 is specified. */
1137 if (this_insn_is_asm)
1138 {
1139 enum machine_mode mode;
1140 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (inmode) > GET_MODE_SIZE (outmode))
1141 mode = inmode;
1142 else
1143 mode = outmode;
5488078f
RS
1144 if (mode == VOIDmode)
1145 {
1146 error_for_asm (this_insn, "cannot reload integer constant operand in `asm'");
1147 mode = word_mode;
1148 if (in != 0)
1149 inmode = word_mode;
1150 if (out != 0)
1151 outmode = word_mode;
1152 }
eab89b90
RK
1153 for (i = 0; i < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER; i++)
1154 if (HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK (i, mode)
1155 && TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reg_class_contents[(int) class], i))
1156 {
1157 int nregs = HARD_REGNO_NREGS (i, mode);
1158
1159 int j;
1160 for (j = 1; j < nregs; j++)
1161 if (! TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reg_class_contents[(int) class], i + j))
1162 break;
1163 if (j == nregs)
1164 break;
1165 }
1166 if (i == FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
1167 {
1168 error_for_asm (this_insn, "impossible register constraint in `asm'");
1169 class = ALL_REGS;
1170 }
1171 }
1172
5488078f
RS
1173 if (class == NO_REGS)
1174 abort ();
1175
eab89b90
RK
1176 /* We can use an existing reload if the class is right
1177 and at least one of IN and OUT is a match
1178 and the other is at worst neutral.
a8c9daeb
RK
1179 (A zero compared against anything is neutral.)
1180
1181 If SMALL_REGISTER_CLASSES, don't use existing reloads unless they are
1182 for the same thing since that can cause us to need more reload registers
1183 than we otherwise would. */
1184
eab89b90
RK
1185 for (i = 0; i < n_reloads; i++)
1186 if ((reg_class_subset_p (class, reload_reg_class[i])
1187 || reg_class_subset_p (reload_reg_class[i], class))
eab89b90
RK
1188 /* If the existing reload has a register, it must fit our class. */
1189 && (reload_reg_rtx[i] == 0
1190 || TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reg_class_contents[(int) class],
1191 true_regnum (reload_reg_rtx[i])))
1192 && ((in != 0 && MATCHES (reload_in[i], in) && ! dont_share
1193 && (out == 0 || reload_out[i] == 0 || MATCHES (reload_out[i], out)))
1194 ||
1195 (out != 0 && MATCHES (reload_out[i], out)
a8c9daeb 1196 && (in == 0 || reload_in[i] == 0 || MATCHES (reload_in[i], in))))
e9a25f70 1197 && (reg_class_size[(int) class] == 1 || SMALL_REGISTER_CLASSES)
a8c9daeb
RK
1198 && MERGABLE_RELOADS (type, reload_when_needed[i],
1199 opnum, reload_opnum[i]))
eab89b90
RK
1200 break;
1201
1202 /* Reloading a plain reg for input can match a reload to postincrement
1203 that reg, since the postincrement's value is the right value.
1204 Likewise, it can match a preincrement reload, since we regard
1205 the preincrementation as happening before any ref in this insn
1206 to that register. */
1207 if (i == n_reloads)
1208 for (i = 0; i < n_reloads; i++)
1209 if ((reg_class_subset_p (class, reload_reg_class[i])
1210 || reg_class_subset_p (reload_reg_class[i], class))
1211 /* If the existing reload has a register, it must fit our class. */
1212 && (reload_reg_rtx[i] == 0
1213 || TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reg_class_contents[(int) class],
1214 true_regnum (reload_reg_rtx[i])))
eab89b90
RK
1215 && out == 0 && reload_out[i] == 0 && reload_in[i] != 0
1216 && ((GET_CODE (in) == REG
1217 && (GET_CODE (reload_in[i]) == POST_INC
1218 || GET_CODE (reload_in[i]) == POST_DEC
1219 || GET_CODE (reload_in[i]) == PRE_INC
1220 || GET_CODE (reload_in[i]) == PRE_DEC)
1221 && MATCHES (XEXP (reload_in[i], 0), in))
1222 ||
1223 (GET_CODE (reload_in[i]) == REG
1224 && (GET_CODE (in) == POST_INC
1225 || GET_CODE (in) == POST_DEC
1226 || GET_CODE (in) == PRE_INC
1227 || GET_CODE (in) == PRE_DEC)
a8c9daeb 1228 && MATCHES (XEXP (in, 0), reload_in[i])))
e9a25f70 1229 && (reg_class_size[(int) class] == 1 || SMALL_REGISTER_CLASSES)
a8c9daeb
RK
1230 && MERGABLE_RELOADS (type, reload_when_needed[i],
1231 opnum, reload_opnum[i]))
eab89b90
RK
1232 {
1233 /* Make sure reload_in ultimately has the increment,
1234 not the plain register. */
1235 if (GET_CODE (in) == REG)
1236 in = reload_in[i];
1237 break;
1238 }
1239
1240 if (i == n_reloads)
1241 {
9ec7078b
RK
1242 /* See if we need a secondary reload register to move between CLASS
1243 and IN or CLASS and OUT. Get the icode and push any required reloads
1244 needed for each of them if so. */
eab89b90
RK
1245
1246#ifdef SECONDARY_INPUT_RELOAD_CLASS
1247 if (in != 0)
9ec7078b
RK
1248 secondary_in_reload
1249 = push_secondary_reload (1, in, opnum, optional, class, inmode, type,
1250 &secondary_in_icode);
eab89b90
RK
1251#endif
1252
1253#ifdef SECONDARY_OUTPUT_RELOAD_CLASS
1254 if (out != 0 && GET_CODE (out) != SCRATCH)
9ec7078b
RK
1255 secondary_out_reload
1256 = push_secondary_reload (0, out, opnum, optional, class, outmode,
1257 type, &secondary_out_icode);
eab89b90
RK
1258#endif
1259
1260 /* We found no existing reload suitable for re-use.
1261 So add an additional reload. */
1262
e9a25f70
JL
1263#ifdef SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED
1264 /* If a memory location is needed for the copy, make one. */
1265 if (in != 0 && GET_CODE (in) == REG
1266 && REGNO (in) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
1267 && SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED (REGNO_REG_CLASS (REGNO (in)),
1268 class, inmode))
1269 get_secondary_mem (in, inmode, opnum, type);
1270#endif
1271
9ec7078b 1272 i = n_reloads;
eab89b90
RK
1273 reload_in[i] = in;
1274 reload_out[i] = out;
1275 reload_reg_class[i] = class;
1276 reload_inmode[i] = inmode;
1277 reload_outmode[i] = outmode;
1278 reload_reg_rtx[i] = 0;
1279 reload_optional[i] = optional;
f5963e61 1280 reload_nongroup[i] = 0;
eab89b90 1281 reload_inc[i] = 0;
eab89b90
RK
1282 reload_nocombine[i] = 0;
1283 reload_in_reg[i] = inloc ? *inloc : 0;
a8c9daeb
RK
1284 reload_opnum[i] = opnum;
1285 reload_when_needed[i] = type;
9ec7078b
RK
1286 reload_secondary_in_reload[i] = secondary_in_reload;
1287 reload_secondary_out_reload[i] = secondary_out_reload;
1288 reload_secondary_in_icode[i] = secondary_in_icode;
1289 reload_secondary_out_icode[i] = secondary_out_icode;
eab89b90
RK
1290 reload_secondary_p[i] = 0;
1291
1292 n_reloads++;
0dadecf6
RK
1293
1294#ifdef SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED
0dadecf6
RK
1295 if (out != 0 && GET_CODE (out) == REG
1296 && REGNO (out) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
1297 && SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED (class, REGNO_REG_CLASS (REGNO (out)),
1298 outmode))
a8c9daeb 1299 get_secondary_mem (out, outmode, opnum, type);
0dadecf6 1300#endif
eab89b90
RK
1301 }
1302 else
1303 {
1304 /* We are reusing an existing reload,
1305 but we may have additional information for it.
1306 For example, we may now have both IN and OUT
1307 while the old one may have just one of them. */
1308
6fd5ac08
JW
1309 /* The modes can be different. If they are, we want to reload in
1310 the larger mode, so that the value is valid for both modes. */
1311 if (inmode != VOIDmode
1312 && GET_MODE_SIZE (inmode) > GET_MODE_SIZE (reload_inmode[i]))
eab89b90 1313 reload_inmode[i] = inmode;
6fd5ac08
JW
1314 if (outmode != VOIDmode
1315 && GET_MODE_SIZE (outmode) > GET_MODE_SIZE (reload_outmode[i]))
eab89b90
RK
1316 reload_outmode[i] = outmode;
1317 if (in != 0)
1318 reload_in[i] = in;
1319 if (out != 0)
1320 reload_out[i] = out;
1321 if (reg_class_subset_p (class, reload_reg_class[i]))
1322 reload_reg_class[i] = class;
1323 reload_optional[i] &= optional;
a8c9daeb
RK
1324 if (MERGE_TO_OTHER (type, reload_when_needed[i],
1325 opnum, reload_opnum[i]))
1326 reload_when_needed[i] = RELOAD_OTHER;
1327 reload_opnum[i] = MIN (reload_opnum[i], opnum);
eab89b90
RK
1328 }
1329
1330 /* If the ostensible rtx being reload differs from the rtx found
1331 in the location to substitute, this reload is not safe to combine
1332 because we cannot reliably tell whether it appears in the insn. */
1333
1334 if (in != 0 && in != *inloc)
1335 reload_nocombine[i] = 1;
1336
1337#if 0
1338 /* This was replaced by changes in find_reloads_address_1 and the new
1339 function inc_for_reload, which go with a new meaning of reload_inc. */
1340
1341 /* If this is an IN/OUT reload in an insn that sets the CC,
1342 it must be for an autoincrement. It doesn't work to store
1343 the incremented value after the insn because that would clobber the CC.
1344 So we must do the increment of the value reloaded from,
1345 increment it, store it back, then decrement again. */
1346 if (out != 0 && sets_cc0_p (PATTERN (this_insn)))
1347 {
1348 out = 0;
1349 reload_out[i] = 0;
1350 reload_inc[i] = find_inc_amount (PATTERN (this_insn), in);
1351 /* If we did not find a nonzero amount-to-increment-by,
1352 that contradicts the belief that IN is being incremented
1353 in an address in this insn. */
1354 if (reload_inc[i] == 0)
1355 abort ();
1356 }
1357#endif
1358
1359 /* If we will replace IN and OUT with the reload-reg,
1360 record where they are located so that substitution need
1361 not do a tree walk. */
1362
1363 if (replace_reloads)
1364 {
1365 if (inloc != 0)
1366 {
1367 register struct replacement *r = &replacements[n_replacements++];
1368 r->what = i;
1369 r->subreg_loc = in_subreg_loc;
1370 r->where = inloc;
1371 r->mode = inmode;
1372 }
1373 if (outloc != 0 && outloc != inloc)
1374 {
1375 register struct replacement *r = &replacements[n_replacements++];
1376 r->what = i;
1377 r->where = outloc;
1378 r->subreg_loc = out_subreg_loc;
1379 r->mode = outmode;
1380 }
1381 }
1382
1383 /* If this reload is just being introduced and it has both
1384 an incoming quantity and an outgoing quantity that are
1385 supposed to be made to match, see if either one of the two
1386 can serve as the place to reload into.
1387
1388 If one of them is acceptable, set reload_reg_rtx[i]
1389 to that one. */
1390
1391 if (in != 0 && out != 0 && in != out && reload_reg_rtx[i] == 0)
1392 {
1393 reload_reg_rtx[i] = find_dummy_reload (in, out, inloc, outloc,
36b50568 1394 inmode, outmode,
189086f9 1395 reload_reg_class[i], i,
31c21e0c 1396 earlyclobber_operand_p (out));
eab89b90
RK
1397
1398 /* If the outgoing register already contains the same value
1399 as the incoming one, we can dispense with loading it.
1400 The easiest way to tell the caller that is to give a phony
1401 value for the incoming operand (same as outgoing one). */
1402 if (reload_reg_rtx[i] == out
1403 && (GET_CODE (in) == REG || CONSTANT_P (in))
1404 && 0 != find_equiv_reg (in, this_insn, 0, REGNO (out),
1405 static_reload_reg_p, i, inmode))
1406 reload_in[i] = out;
1407 }
1408
1409 /* If this is an input reload and the operand contains a register that
1410 dies in this insn and is used nowhere else, see if it is the right class
1411 to be used for this reload. Use it if so. (This occurs most commonly
1412 in the case of paradoxical SUBREGs and in-out reloads). We cannot do
1413 this if it is also an output reload that mentions the register unless
1414 the output is a SUBREG that clobbers an entire register.
1415
1416 Note that the operand might be one of the spill regs, if it is a
1417 pseudo reg and we are in a block where spilling has not taken place.
1418 But if there is no spilling in this block, that is OK.
1419 An explicitly used hard reg cannot be a spill reg. */
1420
1421 if (reload_reg_rtx[i] == 0 && in != 0)
1422 {
1423 rtx note;
1424 int regno;
1425
1426 for (note = REG_NOTES (this_insn); note; note = XEXP (note, 1))
1427 if (REG_NOTE_KIND (note) == REG_DEAD
1428 && GET_CODE (XEXP (note, 0)) == REG
1429 && (regno = REGNO (XEXP (note, 0))) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
1430 && reg_mentioned_p (XEXP (note, 0), in)
1431 && ! refers_to_regno_for_reload_p (regno,
1432 (regno
1433 + HARD_REGNO_NREGS (regno,
1434 inmode)),
1435 PATTERN (this_insn), inloc)
05b4ec4f
RS
1436 /* If this is also an output reload, IN cannot be used as
1437 the reload register if it is set in this insn unless IN
1438 is also OUT. */
1439 && (out == 0 || in == out
1440 || ! hard_reg_set_here_p (regno,
1441 (regno
1442 + HARD_REGNO_NREGS (regno,
1443 inmode)),
1444 PATTERN (this_insn)))
1445 /* ??? Why is this code so different from the previous?
1446 Is there any simple coherent way to describe the two together?
1447 What's going on here. */
eab89b90
RK
1448 && (in != out
1449 || (GET_CODE (in) == SUBREG
1450 && (((GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (in)) + (UNITS_PER_WORD - 1))
1451 / UNITS_PER_WORD)
1452 == ((GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (in)))
1453 + (UNITS_PER_WORD - 1)) / UNITS_PER_WORD))))
1454 /* Make sure the operand fits in the reg that dies. */
1455 && GET_MODE_SIZE (inmode) <= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (note, 0)))
1456 && HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK (regno, inmode)
1457 && GET_MODE_SIZE (outmode) <= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (note, 0)))
1458 && HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK (regno, outmode)
1459 && TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reg_class_contents[(int) class], regno)
1460 && !fixed_regs[regno])
1461 {
38a448ca 1462 reload_reg_rtx[i] = gen_rtx_REG (inmode, regno);
eab89b90
RK
1463 break;
1464 }
1465 }
1466
1467 if (out)
1468 output_reloadnum = i;
1469
1470 return i;
1471}
1472
1473/* Record an additional place we must replace a value
1474 for which we have already recorded a reload.
1475 RELOADNUM is the value returned by push_reload
1476 when the reload was recorded.
1477 This is used in insn patterns that use match_dup. */
1478
1479static void
1480push_replacement (loc, reloadnum, mode)
1481 rtx *loc;
1482 int reloadnum;
1483 enum machine_mode mode;
1484{
1485 if (replace_reloads)
1486 {
1487 register struct replacement *r = &replacements[n_replacements++];
1488 r->what = reloadnum;
1489 r->where = loc;
1490 r->subreg_loc = 0;
1491 r->mode = mode;
1492 }
1493}
1494\f
a8c9daeb
RK
1495/* Transfer all replacements that used to be in reload FROM to be in
1496 reload TO. */
1497
1498void
1499transfer_replacements (to, from)
1500 int to, from;
1501{
1502 int i;
1503
1504 for (i = 0; i < n_replacements; i++)
1505 if (replacements[i].what == from)
1506 replacements[i].what = to;
1507}
1508\f
029b38ff
R
1509/* Remove all replacements in reload FROM. */
1510void
1511remove_replacements (from)
1512 int from;
1513{
1514 int i, j;
1515
1516 for (i = 0, j = 0; i < n_replacements; i++)
1517 {
1518 if (replacements[i].what == from)
1519 continue;
1520 replacements[j++] = replacements[i];
1521 }
1522}
1523\f
eab89b90
RK
1524/* If there is only one output reload, and it is not for an earlyclobber
1525 operand, try to combine it with a (logically unrelated) input reload
1526 to reduce the number of reload registers needed.
1527
1528 This is safe if the input reload does not appear in
1529 the value being output-reloaded, because this implies
1530 it is not needed any more once the original insn completes.
1531
1532 If that doesn't work, see we can use any of the registers that
1533 die in this insn as a reload register. We can if it is of the right
1534 class and does not appear in the value being output-reloaded. */
1535
1536static void
1537combine_reloads ()
1538{
1539 int i;
1540 int output_reload = -1;
8922eb5b 1541 int secondary_out = -1;
eab89b90
RK
1542 rtx note;
1543
1544 /* Find the output reload; return unless there is exactly one
1545 and that one is mandatory. */
1546
1547 for (i = 0; i < n_reloads; i++)
1548 if (reload_out[i] != 0)
1549 {
1550 if (output_reload >= 0)
1551 return;
1552 output_reload = i;
1553 }
1554
1555 if (output_reload < 0 || reload_optional[output_reload])
1556 return;
1557
1558 /* An input-output reload isn't combinable. */
1559
1560 if (reload_in[output_reload] != 0)
1561 return;
1562
6dc42e49 1563 /* If this reload is for an earlyclobber operand, we can't do anything. */
4644aad4
RK
1564 if (earlyclobber_operand_p (reload_out[output_reload]))
1565 return;
eab89b90
RK
1566
1567 /* Check each input reload; can we combine it? */
1568
1569 for (i = 0; i < n_reloads; i++)
1570 if (reload_in[i] && ! reload_optional[i] && ! reload_nocombine[i]
1571 /* Life span of this reload must not extend past main insn. */
a8c9daeb 1572 && reload_when_needed[i] != RELOAD_FOR_OUTPUT_ADDRESS
47c8cf91 1573 && reload_when_needed[i] != RELOAD_FOR_OUTADDR_ADDRESS
a8c9daeb
RK
1574 && reload_when_needed[i] != RELOAD_OTHER
1575 && (CLASS_MAX_NREGS (reload_reg_class[i], reload_inmode[i])
1576 == CLASS_MAX_NREGS (reload_reg_class[output_reload],
1577 reload_outmode[output_reload]))
eab89b90
RK
1578 && reload_inc[i] == 0
1579 && reload_reg_rtx[i] == 0
a8c9daeb 1580#ifdef SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED
9ec7078b
RK
1581 /* Don't combine two reloads with different secondary
1582 memory locations. */
77545d45
RK
1583 && (secondary_memlocs_elim[(int) reload_outmode[output_reload]][reload_opnum[i]] == 0
1584 || secondary_memlocs_elim[(int) reload_outmode[output_reload]][reload_opnum[output_reload]] == 0
1585 || rtx_equal_p (secondary_memlocs_elim[(int) reload_outmode[output_reload]][reload_opnum[i]],
1586 secondary_memlocs_elim[(int) reload_outmode[output_reload]][reload_opnum[output_reload]]))
a8c9daeb 1587#endif
e9a25f70
JL
1588 && (SMALL_REGISTER_CLASSES
1589 ? (reload_reg_class[i] == reload_reg_class[output_reload])
1590 : (reg_class_subset_p (reload_reg_class[i],
1591 reload_reg_class[output_reload])
1592 || reg_class_subset_p (reload_reg_class[output_reload],
1593 reload_reg_class[i])))
eab89b90
RK
1594 && (MATCHES (reload_in[i], reload_out[output_reload])
1595 /* Args reversed because the first arg seems to be
1596 the one that we imagine being modified
1597 while the second is the one that might be affected. */
bfa30b22
RK
1598 || (! reg_overlap_mentioned_for_reload_p (reload_out[output_reload],
1599 reload_in[i])
eab89b90
RK
1600 /* However, if the input is a register that appears inside
1601 the output, then we also can't share.
1602 Imagine (set (mem (reg 69)) (plus (reg 69) ...)).
1603 If the same reload reg is used for both reg 69 and the
1604 result to be stored in memory, then that result
1605 will clobber the address of the memory ref. */
1606 && ! (GET_CODE (reload_in[i]) == REG
bfa30b22 1607 && reg_overlap_mentioned_for_reload_p (reload_in[i],
a8c9daeb
RK
1608 reload_out[output_reload]))))
1609 && (reg_class_size[(int) reload_reg_class[i]]
e9a25f70 1610 || SMALL_REGISTER_CLASSES)
a8c9daeb
RK
1611 /* We will allow making things slightly worse by combining an
1612 input and an output, but no worse than that. */
1613 && (reload_when_needed[i] == RELOAD_FOR_INPUT
1614 || reload_when_needed[i] == RELOAD_FOR_OUTPUT))
eab89b90
RK
1615 {
1616 int j;
1617
1618 /* We have found a reload to combine with! */
1619 reload_out[i] = reload_out[output_reload];
1620 reload_outmode[i] = reload_outmode[output_reload];
1621 /* Mark the old output reload as inoperative. */
1622 reload_out[output_reload] = 0;
1623 /* The combined reload is needed for the entire insn. */
eab89b90 1624 reload_when_needed[i] = RELOAD_OTHER;
0f41302f 1625 /* If the output reload had a secondary reload, copy it. */
9ec7078b
RK
1626 if (reload_secondary_out_reload[output_reload] != -1)
1627 {
1628 reload_secondary_out_reload[i]
1629 = reload_secondary_out_reload[output_reload];
1630 reload_secondary_out_icode[i]
1631 = reload_secondary_out_icode[output_reload];
1632 }
1633
a8c9daeb
RK
1634#ifdef SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED
1635 /* Copy any secondary MEM. */
77545d45
RK
1636 if (secondary_memlocs_elim[(int) reload_outmode[output_reload]][reload_opnum[output_reload]] != 0)
1637 secondary_memlocs_elim[(int) reload_outmode[output_reload]][reload_opnum[i]]
1638 = secondary_memlocs_elim[(int) reload_outmode[output_reload]][reload_opnum[output_reload]];
a8c9daeb 1639#endif
0f41302f 1640 /* If required, minimize the register class. */
eab89b90
RK
1641 if (reg_class_subset_p (reload_reg_class[output_reload],
1642 reload_reg_class[i]))
1643 reload_reg_class[i] = reload_reg_class[output_reload];
1644
1645 /* Transfer all replacements from the old reload to the combined. */
1646 for (j = 0; j < n_replacements; j++)
1647 if (replacements[j].what == output_reload)
1648 replacements[j].what = i;
1649
1650 return;
1651 }
1652
1653 /* If this insn has only one operand that is modified or written (assumed
1654 to be the first), it must be the one corresponding to this reload. It
1655 is safe to use anything that dies in this insn for that output provided
1656 that it does not occur in the output (we already know it isn't an
1657 earlyclobber. If this is an asm insn, give up. */
1658
1659 if (INSN_CODE (this_insn) == -1)
1660 return;
1661
1662 for (i = 1; i < insn_n_operands[INSN_CODE (this_insn)]; i++)
1663 if (insn_operand_constraint[INSN_CODE (this_insn)][i][0] == '='
1664 || insn_operand_constraint[INSN_CODE (this_insn)][i][0] == '+')
1665 return;
1666
1667 /* See if some hard register that dies in this insn and is not used in
1668 the output is the right class. Only works if the register we pick
1669 up can fully hold our output reload. */
1670 for (note = REG_NOTES (this_insn); note; note = XEXP (note, 1))
1671 if (REG_NOTE_KIND (note) == REG_DEAD
1672 && GET_CODE (XEXP (note, 0)) == REG
bfa30b22
RK
1673 && ! reg_overlap_mentioned_for_reload_p (XEXP (note, 0),
1674 reload_out[output_reload])
eab89b90
RK
1675 && REGNO (XEXP (note, 0)) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
1676 && HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK (REGNO (XEXP (note, 0)), reload_outmode[output_reload])
1677 && TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reg_class_contents[(int) reload_reg_class[output_reload]],
1678 REGNO (XEXP (note, 0)))
1679 && (HARD_REGNO_NREGS (REGNO (XEXP (note, 0)), reload_outmode[output_reload])
1680 <= HARD_REGNO_NREGS (REGNO (XEXP (note, 0)), GET_MODE (XEXP (note, 0))))
8922eb5b
RK
1681 /* Ensure that a secondary or tertiary reload for this output
1682 won't want this register. */
1683 && ((secondary_out = reload_secondary_out_reload[output_reload]) == -1
1684 || (! (TEST_HARD_REG_BIT
1685 (reg_class_contents[(int) reload_reg_class[secondary_out]],
1686 REGNO (XEXP (note, 0))))
1687 && ((secondary_out = reload_secondary_out_reload[secondary_out]) == -1
1688 || ! (TEST_HARD_REG_BIT
1689 (reg_class_contents[(int) reload_reg_class[secondary_out]],
1690 REGNO (XEXP (note, 0)))))))
eab89b90
RK
1691 && ! fixed_regs[REGNO (XEXP (note, 0))])
1692 {
38a448ca
RH
1693 reload_reg_rtx[output_reload]
1694 = gen_rtx_REG (reload_outmode[output_reload],
1695 REGNO (XEXP (note, 0)));
eab89b90
RK
1696 return;
1697 }
1698}
1699\f
1700/* Try to find a reload register for an in-out reload (expressions IN and OUT).
1701 See if one of IN and OUT is a register that may be used;
1702 this is desirable since a spill-register won't be needed.
1703 If so, return the register rtx that proves acceptable.
1704
1705 INLOC and OUTLOC are locations where IN and OUT appear in the insn.
1706 CLASS is the register class required for the reload.
1707
1708 If FOR_REAL is >= 0, it is the number of the reload,
1709 and in some cases when it can be discovered that OUT doesn't need
1710 to be computed, clear out reload_out[FOR_REAL].
1711
1712 If FOR_REAL is -1, this should not be done, because this call
189086f9
RK
1713 is just to see if a register can be found, not to find and install it.
1714
1715 EARLYCLOBBER is non-zero if OUT is an earlyclobber operand. This
1716 puts an additional constraint on being able to use IN for OUT since
1717 IN must not appear elsewhere in the insn (it is assumed that IN itself
1718 is safe from the earlyclobber). */
eab89b90
RK
1719
1720static rtx
36b50568 1721find_dummy_reload (real_in, real_out, inloc, outloc,
189086f9 1722 inmode, outmode, class, for_real, earlyclobber)
eab89b90
RK
1723 rtx real_in, real_out;
1724 rtx *inloc, *outloc;
36b50568 1725 enum machine_mode inmode, outmode;
eab89b90
RK
1726 enum reg_class class;
1727 int for_real;
189086f9 1728 int earlyclobber;
eab89b90
RK
1729{
1730 rtx in = real_in;
1731 rtx out = real_out;
1732 int in_offset = 0;
1733 int out_offset = 0;
1734 rtx value = 0;
1735
1736 /* If operands exceed a word, we can't use either of them
1737 unless they have the same size. */
36b50568
RS
1738 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (outmode) != GET_MODE_SIZE (inmode)
1739 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (outmode) > UNITS_PER_WORD
1740 || GET_MODE_SIZE (inmode) > UNITS_PER_WORD))
eab89b90
RK
1741 return 0;
1742
1743 /* Find the inside of any subregs. */
1744 while (GET_CODE (out) == SUBREG)
1745 {
1746 out_offset = SUBREG_WORD (out);
1747 out = SUBREG_REG (out);
1748 }
1749 while (GET_CODE (in) == SUBREG)
1750 {
1751 in_offset = SUBREG_WORD (in);
1752 in = SUBREG_REG (in);
1753 }
1754
1755 /* Narrow down the reg class, the same way push_reload will;
1756 otherwise we might find a dummy now, but push_reload won't. */
1757 class = PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS (in, class);
1758
1759 /* See if OUT will do. */
1760 if (GET_CODE (out) == REG
1761 && REGNO (out) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
1762 {
1763 register int regno = REGNO (out) + out_offset;
36b50568 1764 int nwords = HARD_REGNO_NREGS (regno, outmode);
d3b9996a 1765 rtx saved_rtx;
eab89b90
RK
1766
1767 /* When we consider whether the insn uses OUT,
1768 ignore references within IN. They don't prevent us
1769 from copying IN into OUT, because those refs would
1770 move into the insn that reloads IN.
1771
1772 However, we only ignore IN in its role as this reload.
1773 If the insn uses IN elsewhere and it contains OUT,
1774 that counts. We can't be sure it's the "same" operand
1775 so it might not go through this reload. */
d3b9996a 1776 saved_rtx = *inloc;
eab89b90
RK
1777 *inloc = const0_rtx;
1778
1779 if (regno < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
1780 /* A fixed reg that can overlap other regs better not be used
1781 for reloading in any way. */
1782#ifdef OVERLAPPING_REGNO_P
1783 && ! (fixed_regs[regno] && OVERLAPPING_REGNO_P (regno))
1784#endif
1785 && ! refers_to_regno_for_reload_p (regno, regno + nwords,
1786 PATTERN (this_insn), outloc))
1787 {
1788 int i;
1789 for (i = 0; i < nwords; i++)
1790 if (! TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reg_class_contents[(int) class],
1791 regno + i))
1792 break;
1793
1794 if (i == nwords)
1795 {
1796 if (GET_CODE (real_out) == REG)
1797 value = real_out;
1798 else
38a448ca 1799 value = gen_rtx_REG (outmode, regno);
eab89b90
RK
1800 }
1801 }
1802
d3b9996a 1803 *inloc = saved_rtx;
eab89b90
RK
1804 }
1805
1806 /* Consider using IN if OUT was not acceptable
1807 or if OUT dies in this insn (like the quotient in a divmod insn).
1808 We can't use IN unless it is dies in this insn,
1809 which means we must know accurately which hard regs are live.
189086f9
RK
1810 Also, the result can't go in IN if IN is used within OUT,
1811 or if OUT is an earlyclobber and IN appears elsewhere in the insn. */
eab89b90
RK
1812 if (hard_regs_live_known
1813 && GET_CODE (in) == REG
1814 && REGNO (in) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
1815 && (value == 0
1816 || find_reg_note (this_insn, REG_UNUSED, real_out))
1817 && find_reg_note (this_insn, REG_DEAD, real_in)
1818 && !fixed_regs[REGNO (in)]
36b50568
RS
1819 && HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK (REGNO (in),
1820 /* The only case where out and real_out might
1821 have different modes is where real_out
1822 is a subreg, and in that case, out
1823 has a real mode. */
1824 (GET_MODE (out) != VOIDmode
1825 ? GET_MODE (out) : outmode)))
eab89b90
RK
1826 {
1827 register int regno = REGNO (in) + in_offset;
36b50568 1828 int nwords = HARD_REGNO_NREGS (regno, inmode);
eab89b90 1829
fb3821f7 1830 if (! refers_to_regno_for_reload_p (regno, regno + nwords, out, NULL_PTR)
eab89b90 1831 && ! hard_reg_set_here_p (regno, regno + nwords,
189086f9
RK
1832 PATTERN (this_insn))
1833 && (! earlyclobber
1834 || ! refers_to_regno_for_reload_p (regno, regno + nwords,
1835 PATTERN (this_insn), inloc)))
eab89b90
RK
1836 {
1837 int i;
1838 for (i = 0; i < nwords; i++)
1839 if (! TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reg_class_contents[(int) class],
1840 regno + i))
1841 break;
1842
1843 if (i == nwords)
1844 {
1845 /* If we were going to use OUT as the reload reg
1846 and changed our mind, it means OUT is a dummy that
1847 dies here. So don't bother copying value to it. */
1848 if (for_real >= 0 && value == real_out)
1849 reload_out[for_real] = 0;
1850 if (GET_CODE (real_in) == REG)
1851 value = real_in;
1852 else
38a448ca 1853 value = gen_rtx_REG (inmode, regno);
eab89b90
RK
1854 }
1855 }
1856 }
1857
1858 return value;
1859}
1860\f
1861/* This page contains subroutines used mainly for determining
1862 whether the IN or an OUT of a reload can serve as the
1863 reload register. */
1864
4644aad4
RK
1865/* Return 1 if X is an operand of an insn that is being earlyclobbered. */
1866
1867static int
1868earlyclobber_operand_p (x)
1869 rtx x;
1870{
1871 int i;
1872
1873 for (i = 0; i < n_earlyclobbers; i++)
1874 if (reload_earlyclobbers[i] == x)
1875 return 1;
1876
1877 return 0;
1878}
1879
eab89b90
RK
1880/* Return 1 if expression X alters a hard reg in the range
1881 from BEG_REGNO (inclusive) to END_REGNO (exclusive),
1882 either explicitly or in the guise of a pseudo-reg allocated to REGNO.
1883 X should be the body of an instruction. */
1884
1885static int
1886hard_reg_set_here_p (beg_regno, end_regno, x)
1887 register int beg_regno, end_regno;
1888 rtx x;
1889{
1890 if (GET_CODE (x) == SET || GET_CODE (x) == CLOBBER)
1891 {
1892 register rtx op0 = SET_DEST (x);
1893 while (GET_CODE (op0) == SUBREG)
1894 op0 = SUBREG_REG (op0);
1895 if (GET_CODE (op0) == REG)
1896 {
1897 register int r = REGNO (op0);
1898 /* See if this reg overlaps range under consideration. */
1899 if (r < end_regno
1900 && r + HARD_REGNO_NREGS (r, GET_MODE (op0)) > beg_regno)
1901 return 1;
1902 }
1903 }
1904 else if (GET_CODE (x) == PARALLEL)
1905 {
1906 register int i = XVECLEN (x, 0) - 1;
1907 for (; i >= 0; i--)
1908 if (hard_reg_set_here_p (beg_regno, end_regno, XVECEXP (x, 0, i)))
1909 return 1;
1910 }
1911
1912 return 0;
1913}
1914
1915/* Return 1 if ADDR is a valid memory address for mode MODE,
1916 and check that each pseudo reg has the proper kind of
1917 hard reg. */
1918
1919int
1920strict_memory_address_p (mode, addr)
1921 enum machine_mode mode;
1922 register rtx addr;
1923{
1924 GO_IF_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS (mode, addr, win);
1925 return 0;
1926
1927 win:
1928 return 1;
1929}
eab89b90
RK
1930\f
1931/* Like rtx_equal_p except that it allows a REG and a SUBREG to match
1932 if they are the same hard reg, and has special hacks for
1933 autoincrement and autodecrement.
1934 This is specifically intended for find_reloads to use
1935 in determining whether two operands match.
1936 X is the operand whose number is the lower of the two.
1937
1938 The value is 2 if Y contains a pre-increment that matches
1939 a non-incrementing address in X. */
1940
1941/* ??? To be completely correct, we should arrange to pass
1942 for X the output operand and for Y the input operand.
1943 For now, we assume that the output operand has the lower number
1944 because that is natural in (SET output (... input ...)). */
1945
1946int
1947operands_match_p (x, y)
1948 register rtx x, y;
1949{
1950 register int i;
1951 register RTX_CODE code = GET_CODE (x);
1952 register char *fmt;
1953 int success_2;
1954
1955 if (x == y)
1956 return 1;
1957 if ((code == REG || (code == SUBREG && GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (x)) == REG))
1958 && (GET_CODE (y) == REG || (GET_CODE (y) == SUBREG
1959 && GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (y)) == REG)))
1960 {
1961 register int j;
1962
1963 if (code == SUBREG)
1964 {
1965 i = REGNO (SUBREG_REG (x));
1966 if (i >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
1967 goto slow;
1968 i += SUBREG_WORD (x);
1969 }
1970 else
1971 i = REGNO (x);
1972
1973 if (GET_CODE (y) == SUBREG)
1974 {
1975 j = REGNO (SUBREG_REG (y));
1976 if (j >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
1977 goto slow;
1978 j += SUBREG_WORD (y);
1979 }
1980 else
1981 j = REGNO (y);
1982
dca52d80
JW
1983 /* On a WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN machine, point to the last register of a
1984 multiple hard register group, so that for example (reg:DI 0) and
1985 (reg:SI 1) will be considered the same register. */
1986 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN && GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x)) > UNITS_PER_WORD
1987 && i < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
1988 i += (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x)) / UNITS_PER_WORD) - 1;
1989 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN && GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (y)) > UNITS_PER_WORD
1990 && j < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
1991 j += (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (y)) / UNITS_PER_WORD) - 1;
1992
eab89b90
RK
1993 return i == j;
1994 }
1995 /* If two operands must match, because they are really a single
1996 operand of an assembler insn, then two postincrements are invalid
1997 because the assembler insn would increment only once.
1998 On the other hand, an postincrement matches ordinary indexing
1999 if the postincrement is the output operand. */
2000 if (code == POST_DEC || code == POST_INC)
2001 return operands_match_p (XEXP (x, 0), y);
2002 /* Two preincrements are invalid
2003 because the assembler insn would increment only once.
2004 On the other hand, an preincrement matches ordinary indexing
2005 if the preincrement is the input operand.
2006 In this case, return 2, since some callers need to do special
2007 things when this happens. */
2008 if (GET_CODE (y) == PRE_DEC || GET_CODE (y) == PRE_INC)
2009 return operands_match_p (x, XEXP (y, 0)) ? 2 : 0;
2010
2011 slow:
2012
2013 /* Now we have disposed of all the cases
2014 in which different rtx codes can match. */
2015 if (code != GET_CODE (y))
2016 return 0;
2017 if (code == LABEL_REF)
2018 return XEXP (x, 0) == XEXP (y, 0);
2019 if (code == SYMBOL_REF)
2020 return XSTR (x, 0) == XSTR (y, 0);
2021
2022 /* (MULT:SI x y) and (MULT:HI x y) are NOT equivalent. */
2023
2024 if (GET_MODE (x) != GET_MODE (y))
2025 return 0;
2026
2027 /* Compare the elements. If any pair of corresponding elements
2028 fail to match, return 0 for the whole things. */
2029
2030 success_2 = 0;
2031 fmt = GET_RTX_FORMAT (code);
2032 for (i = GET_RTX_LENGTH (code) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
2033 {
2034 int val;
2035 switch (fmt[i])
2036 {
fb3821f7
CH
2037 case 'w':
2038 if (XWINT (x, i) != XWINT (y, i))
2039 return 0;
2040 break;
2041
eab89b90
RK
2042 case 'i':
2043 if (XINT (x, i) != XINT (y, i))
2044 return 0;
2045 break;
2046
2047 case 'e':
2048 val = operands_match_p (XEXP (x, i), XEXP (y, i));
2049 if (val == 0)
2050 return 0;
2051 /* If any subexpression returns 2,
2052 we should return 2 if we are successful. */
2053 if (val == 2)
2054 success_2 = 1;
2055 break;
2056
2057 case '0':
2058 break;
2059
2060 /* It is believed that rtx's at this level will never
2061 contain anything but integers and other rtx's,
2062 except for within LABEL_REFs and SYMBOL_REFs. */
2063 default:
2064 abort ();
2065 }
2066 }
2067 return 1 + success_2;
2068}
2069\f
2070/* Return the number of times character C occurs in string S. */
2071
e4600702 2072int
eab89b90 2073n_occurrences (c, s)
d149d5f5 2074 int c;
eab89b90
RK
2075 char *s;
2076{
2077 int n = 0;
2078 while (*s)
2079 n += (*s++ == c);
2080 return n;
2081}
2082\f
eab89b90
RK
2083/* Describe the range of registers or memory referenced by X.
2084 If X is a register, set REG_FLAG and put the first register
2085 number into START and the last plus one into END.
2086 If X is a memory reference, put a base address into BASE
2087 and a range of integer offsets into START and END.
2088 If X is pushing on the stack, we can assume it causes no trouble,
2089 so we set the SAFE field. */
2090
2091static struct decomposition
2092decompose (x)
2093 rtx x;
2094{
2095 struct decomposition val;
2096 int all_const = 0;
2097
2098 val.reg_flag = 0;
2099 val.safe = 0;
43984e29 2100 val.base = 0;
eab89b90
RK
2101 if (GET_CODE (x) == MEM)
2102 {
2103 rtx base, offset = 0;
2104 rtx addr = XEXP (x, 0);
2105
2106 if (GET_CODE (addr) == PRE_DEC || GET_CODE (addr) == PRE_INC
2107 || GET_CODE (addr) == POST_DEC || GET_CODE (addr) == POST_INC)
2108 {
2109 val.base = XEXP (addr, 0);
2110 val.start = - GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x));
2111 val.end = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x));
2112 val.safe = REGNO (val.base) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM;
2113 return val;
2114 }
2115
2116 if (GET_CODE (addr) == CONST)
2117 {
2118 addr = XEXP (addr, 0);
2119 all_const = 1;
2120 }
2121 if (GET_CODE (addr) == PLUS)
2122 {
2123 if (CONSTANT_P (XEXP (addr, 0)))
2124 {
2125 base = XEXP (addr, 1);
2126 offset = XEXP (addr, 0);
2127 }
2128 else if (CONSTANT_P (XEXP (addr, 1)))
2129 {
2130 base = XEXP (addr, 0);
2131 offset = XEXP (addr, 1);
2132 }
2133 }
2134
2135 if (offset == 0)
2136 {
2137 base = addr;
2138 offset = const0_rtx;
2139 }
2140 if (GET_CODE (offset) == CONST)
2141 offset = XEXP (offset, 0);
2142 if (GET_CODE (offset) == PLUS)
2143 {
2144 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (offset, 0)) == CONST_INT)
2145 {
38a448ca 2146 base = gen_rtx_PLUS (GET_MODE (base), base, XEXP (offset, 1));
eab89b90
RK
2147 offset = XEXP (offset, 0);
2148 }
2149 else if (GET_CODE (XEXP (offset, 1)) == CONST_INT)
2150 {
38a448ca 2151 base = gen_rtx_PLUS (GET_MODE (base), base, XEXP (offset, 0));
eab89b90
RK
2152 offset = XEXP (offset, 1);
2153 }
2154 else
2155 {
38a448ca 2156 base = gen_rtx_PLUS (GET_MODE (base), base, offset);
eab89b90
RK
2157 offset = const0_rtx;
2158 }
2159 }
2160 else if (GET_CODE (offset) != CONST_INT)
2161 {
38a448ca 2162 base = gen_rtx_PLUS (GET_MODE (base), base, offset);
eab89b90
RK
2163 offset = const0_rtx;
2164 }
2165
2166 if (all_const && GET_CODE (base) == PLUS)
38a448ca 2167 base = gen_rtx_CONST (GET_MODE (base), base);
eab89b90
RK
2168
2169 if (GET_CODE (offset) != CONST_INT)
2170 abort ();
2171
2172 val.start = INTVAL (offset);
2173 val.end = val.start + GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x));
2174 val.base = base;
2175 return val;
2176 }
2177 else if (GET_CODE (x) == REG)
2178 {
2179 val.reg_flag = 1;
2180 val.start = true_regnum (x);
2181 if (val.start < 0)
2182 {
2183 /* A pseudo with no hard reg. */
2184 val.start = REGNO (x);
2185 val.end = val.start + 1;
2186 }
2187 else
2188 /* A hard reg. */
2189 val.end = val.start + HARD_REGNO_NREGS (val.start, GET_MODE (x));
2190 }
2191 else if (GET_CODE (x) == SUBREG)
2192 {
2193 if (GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (x)) != REG)
2194 /* This could be more precise, but it's good enough. */
2195 return decompose (SUBREG_REG (x));
2196 val.reg_flag = 1;
2197 val.start = true_regnum (x);
2198 if (val.start < 0)
2199 return decompose (SUBREG_REG (x));
2200 else
2201 /* A hard reg. */
2202 val.end = val.start + HARD_REGNO_NREGS (val.start, GET_MODE (x));
2203 }
2204 else if (CONSTANT_P (x)
2205 /* This hasn't been assigned yet, so it can't conflict yet. */
2206 || GET_CODE (x) == SCRATCH)
2207 val.safe = 1;
2208 else
2209 abort ();
2210 return val;
2211}
2212
2213/* Return 1 if altering Y will not modify the value of X.
2214 Y is also described by YDATA, which should be decompose (Y). */
2215
2216static int
2217immune_p (x, y, ydata)
2218 rtx x, y;
2219 struct decomposition ydata;
2220{
2221 struct decomposition xdata;
2222
2223 if (ydata.reg_flag)
fb3821f7 2224 return !refers_to_regno_for_reload_p (ydata.start, ydata.end, x, NULL_PTR);
eab89b90
RK
2225 if (ydata.safe)
2226 return 1;
2227
2228 if (GET_CODE (y) != MEM)
2229 abort ();
2230 /* If Y is memory and X is not, Y can't affect X. */
2231 if (GET_CODE (x) != MEM)
2232 return 1;
2233
2234 xdata = decompose (x);
2235
2236 if (! rtx_equal_p (xdata.base, ydata.base))
2237 {
2238 /* If bases are distinct symbolic constants, there is no overlap. */
2239 if (CONSTANT_P (xdata.base) && CONSTANT_P (ydata.base))
2240 return 1;
2241 /* Constants and stack slots never overlap. */
2242 if (CONSTANT_P (xdata.base)
2243 && (ydata.base == frame_pointer_rtx
a36d4c62 2244 || ydata.base == hard_frame_pointer_rtx
eab89b90
RK
2245 || ydata.base == stack_pointer_rtx))
2246 return 1;
2247 if (CONSTANT_P (ydata.base)
2248 && (xdata.base == frame_pointer_rtx
a36d4c62 2249 || xdata.base == hard_frame_pointer_rtx
eab89b90
RK
2250 || xdata.base == stack_pointer_rtx))
2251 return 1;
2252 /* If either base is variable, we don't know anything. */
2253 return 0;
2254 }
2255
2256
2257 return (xdata.start >= ydata.end || ydata.start >= xdata.end);
2258}
44ace968 2259
f72aed24 2260/* Similar, but calls decompose. */
44ace968
JW
2261
2262int
2263safe_from_earlyclobber (op, clobber)
2264 rtx op, clobber;
2265{
2266 struct decomposition early_data;
2267
2268 early_data = decompose (clobber);
2269 return immune_p (op, clobber, early_data);
2270}
eab89b90
RK
2271\f
2272/* Main entry point of this file: search the body of INSN
2273 for values that need reloading and record them with push_reload.
2274 REPLACE nonzero means record also where the values occur
2275 so that subst_reloads can be used.
2276
2277 IND_LEVELS says how many levels of indirection are supported by this
2278 machine; a value of zero means that a memory reference is not a valid
2279 memory address.
2280
2281 LIVE_KNOWN says we have valid information about which hard
2282 regs are live at each point in the program; this is true when
2283 we are called from global_alloc but false when stupid register
2284 allocation has been done.
2285
2286 RELOAD_REG_P if nonzero is a vector indexed by hard reg number
2287 which is nonnegative if the reg has been commandeered for reloading into.
2288 It is copied into STATIC_RELOAD_REG_P and referenced from there
2289 by various subroutines. */
2290
2291void
2292find_reloads (insn, replace, ind_levels, live_known, reload_reg_p)
2293 rtx insn;
2294 int replace, ind_levels;
2295 int live_known;
2296 short *reload_reg_p;
2297{
eab89b90
RK
2298#ifdef REGISTER_CONSTRAINTS
2299
eab89b90 2300 register int insn_code_number;
a8c9daeb 2301 register int i, j;
eab89b90
RK
2302 int noperands;
2303 /* These are the constraints for the insn. We don't change them. */
2304 char *constraints1[MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS];
2305 /* These start out as the constraints for the insn
2306 and they are chewed up as we consider alternatives. */
2307 char *constraints[MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS];
2308 /* These are the preferred classes for an operand, or NO_REGS if it isn't
2309 a register. */
2310 enum reg_class preferred_class[MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS];
2311 char pref_or_nothing[MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS];
2312 /* Nonzero for a MEM operand whose entire address needs a reload. */
2313 int address_reloaded[MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS];
a8c9daeb
RK
2314 /* Value of enum reload_type to use for operand. */
2315 enum reload_type operand_type[MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS];
2316 /* Value of enum reload_type to use within address of operand. */
2317 enum reload_type address_type[MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS];
2318 /* Save the usage of each operand. */
2319 enum reload_usage { RELOAD_READ, RELOAD_READ_WRITE, RELOAD_WRITE } modified[MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS];
eab89b90
RK
2320 int no_input_reloads = 0, no_output_reloads = 0;
2321 int n_alternatives;
2322 int this_alternative[MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS];
2323 char this_alternative_win[MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS];
2324 char this_alternative_offmemok[MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS];
2325 char this_alternative_earlyclobber[MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS];
2326 int this_alternative_matches[MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS];
2327 int swapped;
2328 int goal_alternative[MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS];
2329 int this_alternative_number;
2330 int goal_alternative_number;
2331 int operand_reloadnum[MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS];
2332 int goal_alternative_matches[MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS];
2333 int goal_alternative_matched[MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS];
2334 char goal_alternative_win[MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS];
2335 char goal_alternative_offmemok[MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS];
2336 char goal_alternative_earlyclobber[MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS];
2337 int goal_alternative_swapped;
eab89b90
RK
2338 int best;
2339 int commutative;
f5963e61 2340 int changed;
eab89b90
RK
2341 char operands_match[MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS][MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS];
2342 rtx substed_operand[MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS];
2343 rtx body = PATTERN (insn);
2344 rtx set = single_set (insn);
2345 int goal_earlyclobber, this_earlyclobber;
2346 enum machine_mode operand_mode[MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS];
9ec36da5
JL
2347 /* Cache the last regno for the last pseudo we did an output reload
2348 for in case the next insn uses it. */
2349 static int last_output_reload_regno = -1;
eab89b90
RK
2350
2351 this_insn = insn;
2352 this_insn_is_asm = 0; /* Tentative. */
2353 n_reloads = 0;
2354 n_replacements = 0;
2355 n_memlocs = 0;
2356 n_earlyclobbers = 0;
2357 replace_reloads = replace;
2358 hard_regs_live_known = live_known;
2359 static_reload_reg_p = reload_reg_p;
2360
2361 /* JUMP_INSNs and CALL_INSNs are not allowed to have any output reloads;
2362 neither are insns that SET cc0. Insns that use CC0 are not allowed
2363 to have any input reloads. */
2364 if (GET_CODE (insn) == JUMP_INSN || GET_CODE (insn) == CALL_INSN)
2365 no_output_reloads = 1;
2366
2367#ifdef HAVE_cc0
2368 if (reg_referenced_p (cc0_rtx, PATTERN (insn)))
2369 no_input_reloads = 1;
2370 if (reg_set_p (cc0_rtx, PATTERN (insn)))
2371 no_output_reloads = 1;
2372#endif
2373
0dadecf6
RK
2374#ifdef SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED
2375 /* The eliminated forms of any secondary memory locations are per-insn, so
2376 clear them out here. */
2377
4c9a05bc 2378 bzero ((char *) secondary_memlocs_elim, sizeof secondary_memlocs_elim);
0dadecf6
RK
2379#endif
2380
eab89b90
RK
2381 /* Find what kind of insn this is. NOPERANDS gets number of operands.
2382 Make OPERANDS point to a vector of operand values.
2383 Make OPERAND_LOCS point to a vector of pointers to
2384 where the operands were found.
2385 Fill CONSTRAINTS and CONSTRAINTS1 with pointers to the
2386 constraint-strings for this insn.
2387 Return if the insn needs no reload processing. */
2388
2389 switch (GET_CODE (body))
2390 {
2391 case USE:
2392 case CLOBBER:
2393 case ASM_INPUT:
2394 case ADDR_VEC:
2395 case ADDR_DIFF_VEC:
2396 return;
2397
2398 case SET:
2399 /* Dispose quickly of (set (reg..) (reg..)) if both have hard regs and it
2400 is cheap to move between them. If it is not, there may not be an insn
2401 to do the copy, so we may need a reload. */
2402 if (GET_CODE (SET_DEST (body)) == REG
2403 && REGNO (SET_DEST (body)) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
2404 && GET_CODE (SET_SRC (body)) == REG
2405 && REGNO (SET_SRC (body)) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
2406 && REGISTER_MOVE_COST (REGNO_REG_CLASS (REGNO (SET_SRC (body))),
2407 REGNO_REG_CLASS (REGNO (SET_DEST (body)))) == 2)
2408 return;
2409 case PARALLEL:
2410 case ASM_OPERANDS:
a8c9daeb 2411 reload_n_operands = noperands = asm_noperands (body);
eab89b90
RK
2412 if (noperands >= 0)
2413 {
2414 /* This insn is an `asm' with operands. */
2415
2416 insn_code_number = -1;
2417 this_insn_is_asm = 1;
2418
2419 /* expand_asm_operands makes sure there aren't too many operands. */
2420 if (noperands > MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS)
2421 abort ();
2422
2423 /* Now get the operand values and constraints out of the insn. */
2424
2425 decode_asm_operands (body, recog_operand, recog_operand_loc,
2426 constraints, operand_mode);
2427 if (noperands > 0)
2428 {
4c9a05bc
RK
2429 bcopy ((char *) constraints, (char *) constraints1,
2430 noperands * sizeof (char *));
eab89b90
RK
2431 n_alternatives = n_occurrences (',', constraints[0]) + 1;
2432 for (i = 1; i < noperands; i++)
d45cf215 2433 if (n_alternatives != n_occurrences (',', constraints[i]) + 1)
eab89b90
RK
2434 {
2435 error_for_asm (insn, "operand constraints differ in number of alternatives");
2436 /* Avoid further trouble with this insn. */
38a448ca 2437 PATTERN (insn) = gen_rtx_USE (VOIDmode, const0_rtx);
eab89b90
RK
2438 n_reloads = 0;
2439 return;
2440 }
2441 }
2442 break;
2443 }
2444
2445 default:
2446 /* Ordinary insn: recognize it, get the operands via insn_extract
2447 and get the constraints. */
2448
2449 insn_code_number = recog_memoized (insn);
2450 if (insn_code_number < 0)
2451 fatal_insn_not_found (insn);
2452
a8c9daeb 2453 reload_n_operands = noperands = insn_n_operands[insn_code_number];
eab89b90
RK
2454 n_alternatives = insn_n_alternatives[insn_code_number];
2455 /* Just return "no reloads" if insn has no operands with constraints. */
2456 if (n_alternatives == 0)
2457 return;
2458 insn_extract (insn);
2459 for (i = 0; i < noperands; i++)
2460 {
2461 constraints[i] = constraints1[i]
2462 = insn_operand_constraint[insn_code_number][i];
2463 operand_mode[i] = insn_operand_mode[insn_code_number][i];
2464 }
2465 }
2466
2467 if (noperands == 0)
2468 return;
2469
2470 commutative = -1;
2471
2472 /* If we will need to know, later, whether some pair of operands
2473 are the same, we must compare them now and save the result.
2474 Reloading the base and index registers will clobber them
2475 and afterward they will fail to match. */
2476
2477 for (i = 0; i < noperands; i++)
2478 {
2479 register char *p;
2480 register int c;
2481
2482 substed_operand[i] = recog_operand[i];
2483 p = constraints[i];
2484
a8c9daeb
RK
2485 modified[i] = RELOAD_READ;
2486
2487 /* Scan this operand's constraint to see if it is an output operand,
2488 an in-out operand, is commutative, or should match another. */
eab89b90 2489
51723711 2490 while ((c = *p++))
a8c9daeb
RK
2491 {
2492 if (c == '=')
2493 modified[i] = RELOAD_WRITE;
2494 else if (c == '+')
2495 modified[i] = RELOAD_READ_WRITE;
2496 else if (c == '%')
2497 {
2498 /* The last operand should not be marked commutative. */
2499 if (i == noperands - 1)
2500 {
2501 if (this_insn_is_asm)
2502 warning_for_asm (this_insn,
2503 "`%%' constraint used with last operand");
2504 else
2505 abort ();
2506 }
2507 else
2508 commutative = i;
2509 }
2510 else if (c >= '0' && c <= '9')
2511 {
2512 c -= '0';
2513 operands_match[c][i]
2514 = operands_match_p (recog_operand[c], recog_operand[i]);
ea9c5b9e 2515
a8c9daeb
RK
2516 /* An operand may not match itself. */
2517 if (c == i)
2518 {
2519 if (this_insn_is_asm)
2520 warning_for_asm (this_insn,
2521 "operand %d has constraint %d", i, c);
2522 else
2523 abort ();
2524 }
ea9c5b9e 2525
a8c9daeb
RK
2526 /* If C can be commuted with C+1, and C might need to match I,
2527 then C+1 might also need to match I. */
2528 if (commutative >= 0)
2529 {
2530 if (c == commutative || c == commutative + 1)
2531 {
2532 int other = c + (c == commutative ? 1 : -1);
2533 operands_match[other][i]
2534 = operands_match_p (recog_operand[other], recog_operand[i]);
2535 }
2536 if (i == commutative || i == commutative + 1)
2537 {
2538 int other = i + (i == commutative ? 1 : -1);
2539 operands_match[c][other]
2540 = operands_match_p (recog_operand[c], recog_operand[other]);
2541 }
2542 /* Note that C is supposed to be less than I.
2543 No need to consider altering both C and I because in
2544 that case we would alter one into the other. */
2545 }
2546 }
2547 }
eab89b90
RK
2548 }
2549
2550 /* Examine each operand that is a memory reference or memory address
2551 and reload parts of the addresses into index registers.
eab89b90
RK
2552 Also here any references to pseudo regs that didn't get hard regs
2553 but are equivalent to constants get replaced in the insn itself
2554 with those constants. Nobody will ever see them again.
2555
2556 Finally, set up the preferred classes of each operand. */
2557
2558 for (i = 0; i < noperands; i++)
2559 {
2560 register RTX_CODE code = GET_CODE (recog_operand[i]);
a8c9daeb 2561
eab89b90 2562 address_reloaded[i] = 0;
a8c9daeb
RK
2563 operand_type[i] = (modified[i] == RELOAD_READ ? RELOAD_FOR_INPUT
2564 : modified[i] == RELOAD_WRITE ? RELOAD_FOR_OUTPUT
2565 : RELOAD_OTHER);
2566 address_type[i]
2567 = (modified[i] == RELOAD_READ ? RELOAD_FOR_INPUT_ADDRESS
2568 : modified[i] == RELOAD_WRITE ? RELOAD_FOR_OUTPUT_ADDRESS
2569 : RELOAD_OTHER);
eab89b90 2570
0d38001f
RS
2571 if (*constraints[i] == 0)
2572 /* Ignore things like match_operator operands. */
2573 ;
2574 else if (constraints[i][0] == 'p')
eab89b90 2575 {
fb3821f7 2576 find_reloads_address (VOIDmode, NULL_PTR,
eab89b90 2577 recog_operand[i], recog_operand_loc[i],
55c22565 2578 i, operand_type[i], ind_levels, insn);
b685dbae
RK
2579
2580 /* If we now have a simple operand where we used to have a
2581 PLUS or MULT, re-recognize and try again. */
2582 if ((GET_RTX_CLASS (GET_CODE (*recog_operand_loc[i])) == 'o'
2583 || GET_CODE (*recog_operand_loc[i]) == SUBREG)
2584 && (GET_CODE (recog_operand[i]) == MULT
2585 || GET_CODE (recog_operand[i]) == PLUS))
2586 {
2587 INSN_CODE (insn) = -1;
2588 find_reloads (insn, replace, ind_levels, live_known,
2589 reload_reg_p);
2590 return;
2591 }
2592
eab89b90
RK
2593 substed_operand[i] = recog_operand[i] = *recog_operand_loc[i];
2594 }
2595 else if (code == MEM)
2596 {
2597 if (find_reloads_address (GET_MODE (recog_operand[i]),
2598 recog_operand_loc[i],
2599 XEXP (recog_operand[i], 0),
2600 &XEXP (recog_operand[i], 0),
55c22565 2601 i, address_type[i], ind_levels, insn))
eab89b90
RK
2602 address_reloaded[i] = 1;
2603 substed_operand[i] = recog_operand[i] = *recog_operand_loc[i];
2604 }
2605 else if (code == SUBREG)
b60a8416
R
2606 {
2607 rtx reg = SUBREG_REG (recog_operand[i]);
2608 rtx op
2609 = find_reloads_toplev (recog_operand[i], i, address_type[i],
2610 ind_levels,
2611 set != 0
2612 && &SET_DEST (set) == recog_operand_loc[i]);
2613
2614 /* If we made a MEM to load (a part of) the stackslot of a pseudo
2615 that didn't get a hard register, emit a USE with a REG_EQUAL
2616 note in front so that we might inherit a previous, possibly
2617 wider reload. */
2618
2619 if (GET_CODE (op) == MEM
2620 && GET_CODE (reg) == REG
2621 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (reg))
2622 >= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (op))))
2623 REG_NOTES (emit_insn_before (gen_rtx_USE (VOIDmode, reg), insn))
2624 = gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (REG_EQUAL,
2625 reg_equiv_memory_loc[REGNO (reg)], NULL_RTX);
2626
2627 substed_operand[i] = recog_operand[i] = *recog_operand_loc[i] = op;
2628 }
ff428c90
ILT
2629 else if (code == PLUS || GET_RTX_CLASS (code) == '1')
2630 /* We can get a PLUS as an "operand" as a result of register
2631 elimination. See eliminate_regs and gen_reload. We handle
2632 a unary operator by reloading the operand. */
944d7b14
RS
2633 substed_operand[i] = recog_operand[i] = *recog_operand_loc[i]
2634 = find_reloads_toplev (recog_operand[i], i, address_type[i],
2635 ind_levels, 0);
eab89b90
RK
2636 else if (code == REG)
2637 {
2638 /* This is equivalent to calling find_reloads_toplev.
2639 The code is duplicated for speed.
2640 When we find a pseudo always equivalent to a constant,
2641 we replace it by the constant. We must be sure, however,
2642 that we don't try to replace it in the insn in which it
2643 is being set. */
2644 register int regno = REGNO (recog_operand[i]);
2645 if (reg_equiv_constant[regno] != 0
2646 && (set == 0 || &SET_DEST (set) != recog_operand_loc[i]))
726e2d54
JW
2647 {
2648 /* Record the existing mode so that the check if constants are
2649 allowed will work when operand_mode isn't specified. */
2650
2651 if (operand_mode[i] == VOIDmode)
2652 operand_mode[i] = GET_MODE (recog_operand[i]);
2653
2654 substed_operand[i] = recog_operand[i]
2655 = reg_equiv_constant[regno];
2656 }
eab89b90
RK
2657#if 0 /* This might screw code in reload1.c to delete prior output-reload
2658 that feeds this insn. */
2659 if (reg_equiv_mem[regno] != 0)
2660 substed_operand[i] = recog_operand[i]
2661 = reg_equiv_mem[regno];
2662#endif
2663 if (reg_equiv_address[regno] != 0)
2664 {
2665 /* If reg_equiv_address is not a constant address, copy it,
2666 since it may be shared. */
4ffeab02
JW
2667 /* We must rerun eliminate_regs, in case the elimination
2668 offsets have changed. */
2669 rtx address = XEXP (eliminate_regs (reg_equiv_memory_loc[regno],
1914f5da 2670 0, NULL_RTX),
4ffeab02 2671 0);
eab89b90
RK
2672
2673 if (rtx_varies_p (address))
2674 address = copy_rtx (address);
2675
b60a8416
R
2676 /* Emit a USE that shows what register is being used/modified. */
2677 REG_NOTES (emit_insn_before (gen_rtx_USE (VOIDmode,
2678 recog_operand[i]),
2679 insn))
2680 = gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (REG_EQUAL,
2681 reg_equiv_memory_loc[regno],
2682 NULL_RTX);
eab89b90
RK
2683
2684 *recog_operand_loc[i] = recog_operand[i]
38a448ca 2685 = gen_rtx_MEM (GET_MODE (recog_operand[i]), address);
eab89b90
RK
2686 RTX_UNCHANGING_P (recog_operand[i])
2687 = RTX_UNCHANGING_P (regno_reg_rtx[regno]);
2688 find_reloads_address (GET_MODE (recog_operand[i]),
130659a4 2689 recog_operand_loc[i],
eab89b90
RK
2690 XEXP (recog_operand[i], 0),
2691 &XEXP (recog_operand[i], 0),
55c22565 2692 i, address_type[i], ind_levels, insn);
eab89b90
RK
2693 substed_operand[i] = recog_operand[i] = *recog_operand_loc[i];
2694 }
2695 }
aaf9712e
RS
2696 /* If the operand is still a register (we didn't replace it with an
2697 equivalent), get the preferred class to reload it into. */
2698 code = GET_CODE (recog_operand[i]);
2699 preferred_class[i]
91f9a6ed 2700 = ((code == REG && REGNO (recog_operand[i]) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
aaf9712e
RS
2701 ? reg_preferred_class (REGNO (recog_operand[i])) : NO_REGS);
2702 pref_or_nothing[i]
91f9a6ed 2703 = (code == REG && REGNO (recog_operand[i]) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
e4600702 2704 && reg_alternate_class (REGNO (recog_operand[i])) == NO_REGS);
eab89b90
RK
2705 }
2706
2707 /* If this is simply a copy from operand 1 to operand 0, merge the
2708 preferred classes for the operands. */
2709 if (set != 0 && noperands >= 2 && recog_operand[0] == SET_DEST (set)
2710 && recog_operand[1] == SET_SRC (set))
2711 {
2712 preferred_class[0] = preferred_class[1]
2713 = reg_class_subunion[(int) preferred_class[0]][(int) preferred_class[1]];
2714 pref_or_nothing[0] |= pref_or_nothing[1];
2715 pref_or_nothing[1] |= pref_or_nothing[0];
2716 }
2717
2718 /* Now see what we need for pseudo-regs that didn't get hard regs
2719 or got the wrong kind of hard reg. For this, we must consider
2720 all the operands together against the register constraints. */
2721
812f2051 2722 best = MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS * 2 + 600;
eab89b90
RK
2723
2724 swapped = 0;
2725 goal_alternative_swapped = 0;
2726 try_swapped:
2727
2728 /* The constraints are made of several alternatives.
2729 Each operand's constraint looks like foo,bar,... with commas
2730 separating the alternatives. The first alternatives for all
2731 operands go together, the second alternatives go together, etc.
2732
2733 First loop over alternatives. */
2734
2735 for (this_alternative_number = 0;
2736 this_alternative_number < n_alternatives;
2737 this_alternative_number++)
2738 {
2739 /* Loop over operands for one constraint alternative. */
2740 /* LOSERS counts those that don't fit this alternative
2741 and would require loading. */
2742 int losers = 0;
2743 /* BAD is set to 1 if it some operand can't fit this alternative
2744 even after reloading. */
2745 int bad = 0;
2746 /* REJECT is a count of how undesirable this alternative says it is
2747 if any reloading is required. If the alternative matches exactly
2748 then REJECT is ignored, but otherwise it gets this much
2749 counted against it in addition to the reloading needed. Each
2750 ? counts three times here since we want the disparaging caused by
2751 a bad register class to only count 1/3 as much. */
2752 int reject = 0;
2753
2754 this_earlyclobber = 0;
2755
2756 for (i = 0; i < noperands; i++)
2757 {
2758 register char *p = constraints[i];
2759 register int win = 0;
2760 /* 0 => this operand can be reloaded somehow for this alternative */
2761 int badop = 1;
2762 /* 0 => this operand can be reloaded if the alternative allows regs. */
2763 int winreg = 0;
2764 int c;
2765 register rtx operand = recog_operand[i];
2766 int offset = 0;
2767 /* Nonzero means this is a MEM that must be reloaded into a reg
2768 regardless of what the constraint says. */
2769 int force_reload = 0;
2770 int offmemok = 0;
9d926da5
RK
2771 /* Nonzero if a constant forced into memory would be OK for this
2772 operand. */
2773 int constmemok = 0;
eab89b90
RK
2774 int earlyclobber = 0;
2775
ff428c90 2776 /* If the predicate accepts a unary operator, it means that
ad729076
JL
2777 we need to reload the operand, but do not do this for
2778 match_operator and friends. */
2779 if (GET_RTX_CLASS (GET_CODE (operand)) == '1' && *p != 0)
ff428c90
ILT
2780 operand = XEXP (operand, 0);
2781
eab89b90
RK
2782 /* If the operand is a SUBREG, extract
2783 the REG or MEM (or maybe even a constant) within.
2784 (Constants can occur as a result of reg_equiv_constant.) */
2785
2786 while (GET_CODE (operand) == SUBREG)
2787 {
2788 offset += SUBREG_WORD (operand);
2789 operand = SUBREG_REG (operand);
38e01259 2790 /* Force reload if this is a constant or PLUS or if there may
a61c98cf
RK
2791 be a problem accessing OPERAND in the outer mode. */
2792 if (CONSTANT_P (operand)
ca769828 2793 || GET_CODE (operand) == PLUS
03b72c86
RK
2794 /* We must force a reload of paradoxical SUBREGs
2795 of a MEM because the alignment of the inner value
beb5a9b8
RK
2796 may not be enough to do the outer reference. On
2797 big-endian machines, it may also reference outside
2798 the object.
03b72c86
RK
2799
2800 On machines that extend byte operations and we have a
486d8509
RK
2801 SUBREG where both the inner and outer modes are no wider
2802 than a word and the inner mode is narrower, is integral,
2803 and gets extended when loaded from memory, combine.c has
2804 made assumptions about the behavior of the machine in such
03b72c86
RK
2805 register access. If the data is, in fact, in memory we
2806 must always load using the size assumed to be in the
2807 register and let the insn do the different-sized
5ec105cd
RH
2808 accesses.
2809
2810 This is doubly true if WORD_REGISTER_OPERATIONS. In
2811 this case eliminate_regs has left non-paradoxical
2812 subregs for push_reloads to see. Make sure it does
2813 by forcing the reload.
2814
2815 ??? When is it right at this stage to have a subreg
2816 of a mem that is _not_ to be handled specialy? IMO
2817 those should have been reduced to just a mem. */
a61c98cf
RK
2818 || ((GET_CODE (operand) == MEM
2819 || (GET_CODE (operand)== REG
2820 && REGNO (operand) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER))
5ec105cd 2821#ifndef WORD_REGISTER_OPERATIONS
03b72c86
RK
2822 && (((GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (operand))
2823 < BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT)
2824 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (operand_mode[i])
2825 > GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (operand))))
beb5a9b8 2826 || (GET_CODE (operand) == MEM && BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN)
03b72c86
RK
2827#ifdef LOAD_EXTEND_OP
2828 || (GET_MODE_SIZE (operand_mode[i]) <= UNITS_PER_WORD
2829 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (operand))
2830 <= UNITS_PER_WORD)
2831 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (operand_mode[i])
486d8509
RK
2832 > GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (operand)))
2833 && INTEGRAL_MODE_P (GET_MODE (operand))
2834 && LOAD_EXTEND_OP (GET_MODE (operand)) != NIL)
46da6b3a 2835#endif
5ec105cd
RH
2836 )
2837#endif
2838 )
eab89b90
RK
2839 /* Subreg of a hard reg which can't handle the subreg's mode
2840 or which would handle that mode in the wrong number of
2841 registers for subregging to work. */
a61c98cf
RK
2842 || (GET_CODE (operand) == REG
2843 && REGNO (operand) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
f72ccbe6
RK
2844 && ((GET_MODE_SIZE (operand_mode[i]) <= UNITS_PER_WORD
2845 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (operand))
2846 > UNITS_PER_WORD)
2847 && ((GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (operand))
2848 / UNITS_PER_WORD)
2849 != HARD_REGNO_NREGS (REGNO (operand),
2850 GET_MODE (operand))))
2851 || ! HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK (REGNO (operand) + offset,
2852 operand_mode[i]))))
eab89b90
RK
2853 force_reload = 1;
2854 }
2855
2856 this_alternative[i] = (int) NO_REGS;
2857 this_alternative_win[i] = 0;
2858 this_alternative_offmemok[i] = 0;
2859 this_alternative_earlyclobber[i] = 0;
2860 this_alternative_matches[i] = -1;
2861
2862 /* An empty constraint or empty alternative
2863 allows anything which matched the pattern. */
2864 if (*p == 0 || *p == ',')
2865 win = 1, badop = 0;
2866
2867 /* Scan this alternative's specs for this operand;
2868 set WIN if the operand fits any letter in this alternative.
2869 Otherwise, clear BADOP if this operand could
2870 fit some letter after reloads,
2871 or set WINREG if this operand could fit after reloads
2872 provided the constraint allows some registers. */
2873
2874 while (*p && (c = *p++) != ',')
2875 switch (c)
2876 {
2877 case '=':
eab89b90 2878 case '+':
eab89b90
RK
2879 case '*':
2880 break;
2881
2882 case '%':
42add480
TW
2883 /* The last operand should not be marked commutative. */
2884 if (i != noperands - 1)
2885 commutative = i;
eab89b90
RK
2886 break;
2887
2888 case '?':
812f2051 2889 reject += 6;
eab89b90
RK
2890 break;
2891
2892 case '!':
812f2051 2893 reject = 600;
eab89b90
RK
2894 break;
2895
2896 case '#':
2897 /* Ignore rest of this alternative as far as
2898 reloading is concerned. */
2899 while (*p && *p != ',') p++;
2900 break;
2901
2902 case '0':
2903 case '1':
2904 case '2':
2905 case '3':
2906 case '4':
2907 c -= '0';
2908 this_alternative_matches[i] = c;
2909 /* We are supposed to match a previous operand.
2910 If we do, we win if that one did.
2911 If we do not, count both of the operands as losers.
2912 (This is too conservative, since most of the time
2913 only a single reload insn will be needed to make
2914 the two operands win. As a result, this alternative
2915 may be rejected when it is actually desirable.) */
2916 if ((swapped && (c != commutative || i != commutative + 1))
2917 /* If we are matching as if two operands were swapped,
2918 also pretend that operands_match had been computed
2919 with swapped.
2920 But if I is the second of those and C is the first,
2921 don't exchange them, because operands_match is valid
2922 only on one side of its diagonal. */
2923 ? (operands_match
2924 [(c == commutative || c == commutative + 1)
2925 ? 2*commutative + 1 - c : c]
2926 [(i == commutative || i == commutative + 1)
2927 ? 2*commutative + 1 - i : i])
2928 : operands_match[c][i])
fc79eafe
JW
2929 {
2930 /* If we are matching a non-offsettable address where an
2931 offsettable address was expected, then we must reject
2932 this combination, because we can't reload it. */
2933 if (this_alternative_offmemok[c]
2934 && GET_CODE (recog_operand[c]) == MEM
2935 && this_alternative[c] == (int) NO_REGS
2936 && ! this_alternative_win[c])
2937 bad = 1;
2938
2939 win = this_alternative_win[c];
2940 }
eab89b90
RK
2941 else
2942 {
2943 /* Operands don't match. */
2944 rtx value;
2945 /* Retroactively mark the operand we had to match
2946 as a loser, if it wasn't already. */
2947 if (this_alternative_win[c])
2948 losers++;
2949 this_alternative_win[c] = 0;
2950 if (this_alternative[c] == (int) NO_REGS)
2951 bad = 1;
2952 /* But count the pair only once in the total badness of
2953 this alternative, if the pair can be a dummy reload. */
2954 value
2955 = find_dummy_reload (recog_operand[i], recog_operand[c],
2956 recog_operand_loc[i], recog_operand_loc[c],
adb44af8 2957 operand_mode[i], operand_mode[c],
189086f9
RK
2958 this_alternative[c], -1,
2959 this_alternative_earlyclobber[c]);
eab89b90
RK
2960
2961 if (value != 0)
2962 losers--;
2963 }
2964 /* This can be fixed with reloads if the operand
2965 we are supposed to match can be fixed with reloads. */
2966 badop = 0;
2967 this_alternative[i] = this_alternative[c];
e64c4f9e
RK
2968
2969 /* If we have to reload this operand and some previous
2970 operand also had to match the same thing as this
2971 operand, we don't know how to do that. So reject this
2972 alternative. */
2973 if (! win || force_reload)
2974 for (j = 0; j < i; j++)
2975 if (this_alternative_matches[j]
2976 == this_alternative_matches[i])
2977 badop = 1;
2978
eab89b90
RK
2979 break;
2980
2981 case 'p':
2982 /* All necessary reloads for an address_operand
2983 were handled in find_reloads_address. */
5c73e847 2984 this_alternative[i] = (int) BASE_REG_CLASS;
eab89b90
RK
2985 win = 1;
2986 break;
2987
2988 case 'm':
2989 if (force_reload)
2990 break;
2991 if (GET_CODE (operand) == MEM
2992 || (GET_CODE (operand) == REG
2993 && REGNO (operand) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
2994 && reg_renumber[REGNO (operand)] < 0))
2995 win = 1;
3feffdfe
JW
2996 if (CONSTANT_P (operand)
2997 /* force_const_mem does not accept HIGH. */
2998 && GET_CODE (operand) != HIGH)
eab89b90 2999 badop = 0;
9d926da5 3000 constmemok = 1;
eab89b90
RK
3001 break;
3002
3003 case '<':
3004 if (GET_CODE (operand) == MEM
3005 && ! address_reloaded[i]
3006 && (GET_CODE (XEXP (operand, 0)) == PRE_DEC
3007 || GET_CODE (XEXP (operand, 0)) == POST_DEC))
3008 win = 1;
3009 break;
3010
3011 case '>':
3012 if (GET_CODE (operand) == MEM
3013 && ! address_reloaded[i]
3014 && (GET_CODE (XEXP (operand, 0)) == PRE_INC
3015 || GET_CODE (XEXP (operand, 0)) == POST_INC))
3016 win = 1;
3017 break;
3018
3019 /* Memory operand whose address is not offsettable. */
3020 case 'V':
3021 if (force_reload)
3022 break;
3023 if (GET_CODE (operand) == MEM
3024 && ! (ind_levels ? offsettable_memref_p (operand)
3025 : offsettable_nonstrict_memref_p (operand))
3026 /* Certain mem addresses will become offsettable
3027 after they themselves are reloaded. This is important;
3028 we don't want our own handling of unoffsettables
3029 to override the handling of reg_equiv_address. */
3030 && !(GET_CODE (XEXP (operand, 0)) == REG
3031 && (ind_levels == 0
3032 || reg_equiv_address[REGNO (XEXP (operand, 0))] != 0)))
3033 win = 1;
3034 break;
3035
3036 /* Memory operand whose address is offsettable. */
3037 case 'o':
3038 if (force_reload)
3039 break;
3040 if ((GET_CODE (operand) == MEM
3041 /* If IND_LEVELS, find_reloads_address won't reload a
3042 pseudo that didn't get a hard reg, so we have to
3043 reject that case. */
3044 && (ind_levels ? offsettable_memref_p (operand)
3045 : offsettable_nonstrict_memref_p (operand)))
26ba4aee
JW
3046 /* A reloaded auto-increment address is offsettable,
3047 because it is now just a simple register indirect. */
3048 || (GET_CODE (operand) == MEM
3049 && address_reloaded[i]
3050 && (GET_CODE (XEXP (operand, 0)) == PRE_INC
3051 || GET_CODE (XEXP (operand, 0)) == PRE_DEC
3052 || GET_CODE (XEXP (operand, 0)) == POST_INC
3053 || GET_CODE (XEXP (operand, 0)) == POST_DEC))
eab89b90
RK
3054 /* Certain mem addresses will become offsettable
3055 after they themselves are reloaded. This is important;
3056 we don't want our own handling of unoffsettables
3057 to override the handling of reg_equiv_address. */
3058 || (GET_CODE (operand) == MEM
3059 && GET_CODE (XEXP (operand, 0)) == REG
3060 && (ind_levels == 0
3061 || reg_equiv_address[REGNO (XEXP (operand, 0))] != 0))
3062 || (GET_CODE (operand) == REG
3063 && REGNO (operand) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
3a322c50
RK
3064 && reg_renumber[REGNO (operand)] < 0
3065 /* If reg_equiv_address is nonzero, we will be
3066 loading it into a register; hence it will be
3067 offsettable, but we cannot say that reg_equiv_mem
3068 is offsettable without checking. */
3069 && ((reg_equiv_mem[REGNO (operand)] != 0
3070 && offsettable_memref_p (reg_equiv_mem[REGNO (operand)]))
3071 || (reg_equiv_address[REGNO (operand)] != 0))))
eab89b90 3072 win = 1;
3feffdfe
JW
3073 /* force_const_mem does not accept HIGH. */
3074 if ((CONSTANT_P (operand) && GET_CODE (operand) != HIGH)
3075 || GET_CODE (operand) == MEM)
eab89b90 3076 badop = 0;
9d926da5 3077 constmemok = 1;
eab89b90
RK
3078 offmemok = 1;
3079 break;
3080
3081 case '&':
3082 /* Output operand that is stored before the need for the
3083 input operands (and their index registers) is over. */
3084 earlyclobber = 1, this_earlyclobber = 1;
3085 break;
3086
3087 case 'E':
293166be 3088#ifndef REAL_ARITHMETIC
eab89b90
RK
3089 /* Match any floating double constant, but only if
3090 we can examine the bits of it reliably. */
3091 if ((HOST_FLOAT_FORMAT != TARGET_FLOAT_FORMAT
fb3821f7 3092 || HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT != BITS_PER_WORD)
eab89b90
RK
3093 && GET_MODE (operand) != VOIDmode && ! flag_pretend_float)
3094 break;
293166be 3095#endif
eab89b90
RK
3096 if (GET_CODE (operand) == CONST_DOUBLE)
3097 win = 1;
3098 break;
3099
3100 case 'F':
3101 if (GET_CODE (operand) == CONST_DOUBLE)
3102 win = 1;
3103 break;
3104
3105 case 'G':
3106 case 'H':
3107 if (GET_CODE (operand) == CONST_DOUBLE
3108 && CONST_DOUBLE_OK_FOR_LETTER_P (operand, c))
3109 win = 1;
3110 break;
3111
3112 case 's':
3113 if (GET_CODE (operand) == CONST_INT
3114 || (GET_CODE (operand) == CONST_DOUBLE
3115 && GET_MODE (operand) == VOIDmode))
3116 break;
3117 case 'i':
3118 if (CONSTANT_P (operand)
3119#ifdef LEGITIMATE_PIC_OPERAND_P
3120 && (! flag_pic || LEGITIMATE_PIC_OPERAND_P (operand))
3121#endif
3122 )
3123 win = 1;
3124 break;
3125
3126 case 'n':
3127 if (GET_CODE (operand) == CONST_INT
3128 || (GET_CODE (operand) == CONST_DOUBLE
3129 && GET_MODE (operand) == VOIDmode))
3130 win = 1;
3131 break;
3132
3133 case 'I':
3134 case 'J':
3135 case 'K':
3136 case 'L':
3137 case 'M':
3138 case 'N':
3139 case 'O':
3140 case 'P':
3141 if (GET_CODE (operand) == CONST_INT
3142 && CONST_OK_FOR_LETTER_P (INTVAL (operand), c))
3143 win = 1;
3144 break;
3145
3146 case 'X':
3147 win = 1;
3148 break;
3149
3150 case 'g':
3151 if (! force_reload
3152 /* A PLUS is never a valid operand, but reload can make
3153 it from a register when eliminating registers. */
3154 && GET_CODE (operand) != PLUS
3155 /* A SCRATCH is not a valid operand. */
3156 && GET_CODE (operand) != SCRATCH
3157#ifdef LEGITIMATE_PIC_OPERAND_P
3158 && (! CONSTANT_P (operand)
3159 || ! flag_pic
3160 || LEGITIMATE_PIC_OPERAND_P (operand))
3161#endif
3162 && (GENERAL_REGS == ALL_REGS
3163 || GET_CODE (operand) != REG
3164 || (REGNO (operand) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
3165 && reg_renumber[REGNO (operand)] < 0)))
3166 win = 1;
3167 /* Drop through into 'r' case */
3168
3169 case 'r':
3170 this_alternative[i]
3171 = (int) reg_class_subunion[this_alternative[i]][(int) GENERAL_REGS];
3172 goto reg;
3173
3174#ifdef EXTRA_CONSTRAINT
3175 case 'Q':
3176 case 'R':
3177 case 'S':
3178 case 'T':
3179 case 'U':
3180 if (EXTRA_CONSTRAINT (operand, c))
3181 win = 1;
3182 break;
3183#endif
3184
3185 default:
3186 this_alternative[i]
3187 = (int) reg_class_subunion[this_alternative[i]][(int) REG_CLASS_FROM_LETTER (c)];
3188
3189 reg:
3190 if (GET_MODE (operand) == BLKmode)
3191 break;
3192 winreg = 1;
3193 if (GET_CODE (operand) == REG
3194 && reg_fits_class_p (operand, this_alternative[i],
3195 offset, GET_MODE (recog_operand[i])))
3196 win = 1;
3197 break;
3198 }
3199
3200 constraints[i] = p;
3201
3202 /* If this operand could be handled with a reg,
3203 and some reg is allowed, then this operand can be handled. */
3204 if (winreg && this_alternative[i] != (int) NO_REGS)
3205 badop = 0;
3206
3207 /* Record which operands fit this alternative. */
3208 this_alternative_earlyclobber[i] = earlyclobber;
3209 if (win && ! force_reload)
3210 this_alternative_win[i] = 1;
3211 else
3212 {
9d926da5
RK
3213 int const_to_mem = 0;
3214
eab89b90
RK
3215 this_alternative_offmemok[i] = offmemok;
3216 losers++;
3217 if (badop)
3218 bad = 1;
3219 /* Alternative loses if it has no regs for a reg operand. */
3220 if (GET_CODE (operand) == REG
3221 && this_alternative[i] == (int) NO_REGS
3222 && this_alternative_matches[i] < 0)
3223 bad = 1;
3224
3b39dde8 3225#if 0
9ec36da5
JL
3226 /* If this is a pseudo-register that is set in the previous
3227 insns, there's a good chance that it will already be in a
3228 spill register and we can use that spill register. So
3b39dde8
JL
3229 make this case cheaper.
3230
3231 Disabled for egcs. egcs has better inheritance code and
3232 this change causes problems with the improved reload
3233 inheritance code. */
9ec36da5
JL
3234 if (GET_CODE (operand) == REG
3235 && REGNO (operand) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
3236 && REGNO (operand) == last_output_reload_regno)
3237 reject--;
3b39dde8 3238#endif
9ec36da5 3239
3a322c50
RK
3240 /* If this is a constant that is reloaded into the desired
3241 class by copying it to memory first, count that as another
3242 reload. This is consistent with other code and is
293166be 3243 required to avoid choosing another alternative when
3a322c50
RK
3244 the constant is moved into memory by this function on
3245 an early reload pass. Note that the test here is
3246 precisely the same as in the code below that calls
3247 force_const_mem. */
3248 if (CONSTANT_P (operand)
59f25cf9
RK
3249 /* force_const_mem does not accept HIGH. */
3250 && GET_CODE (operand) != HIGH
e5e809f4 3251 && ((PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS (operand,
3a322c50 3252 (enum reg_class) this_alternative[i])
e5e809f4
JL
3253 == NO_REGS)
3254 || no_input_reloads)
3a322c50 3255 && operand_mode[i] != VOIDmode)
9d926da5
RK
3256 {
3257 const_to_mem = 1;
3258 if (this_alternative[i] != (int) NO_REGS)
3259 losers++;
3260 }
3a322c50 3261
5e6aa513
RK
3262 /* If we can't reload this value at all, reject this
3263 alternative. Note that we could also lose due to
3264 LIMIT_RELOAD_RELOAD_CLASS, but we don't check that
3265 here. */
3266
3267 if (! CONSTANT_P (operand)
73b236b5 3268 && (enum reg_class) this_alternative[i] != NO_REGS
5e6aa513
RK
3269 && (PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS (operand,
3270 (enum reg_class) this_alternative[i])
3271 == NO_REGS))
3272 bad = 1;
3273
e5e809f4
JL
3274 /* Alternative loses if it requires a type of reload not
3275 permitted for this insn. We can always reload SCRATCH
3276 and objects with a REG_UNUSED note. */
3277 else if (GET_CODE (operand) != SCRATCH
3278 && modified[i] != RELOAD_READ && no_output_reloads
3279 && ! find_reg_note (insn, REG_UNUSED, operand))
3280 bad = 1;
3281 else if (modified[i] != RELOAD_WRITE && no_input_reloads
3282 && ! const_to_mem)
3283 bad = 1;
3284
3285
eab89b90
RK
3286 /* We prefer to reload pseudos over reloading other things,
3287 since such reloads may be able to be eliminated later.
3288 If we are reloading a SCRATCH, we won't be generating any
3289 insns, just using a register, so it is also preferred.
9d926da5
RK
3290 So bump REJECT in other cases. Don't do this in the
3291 case where we are forcing a constant into memory and
3292 it will then win since we don't want to have a different
3293 alternative match then. */
915bb763
RK
3294 if (! (GET_CODE (operand) == REG
3295 && REGNO (operand) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
9d926da5
RK
3296 && GET_CODE (operand) != SCRATCH
3297 && ! (const_to_mem && constmemok))
812f2051
R
3298 reject += 2;
3299
3300 /* Input reloads can be inherited more often than output
3301 reloads can be removed, so penalize output reloads. */
7924156a
JW
3302 if (operand_type[i] != RELOAD_FOR_INPUT
3303 && GET_CODE (operand) != SCRATCH)
eab89b90
RK
3304 reject++;
3305 }
3306
3307 /* If this operand is a pseudo register that didn't get a hard
3308 reg and this alternative accepts some register, see if the
3309 class that we want is a subset of the preferred class for this
3310 register. If not, but it intersects that class, use the
3311 preferred class instead. If it does not intersect the preferred
3312 class, show that usage of this alternative should be discouraged;
3313 it will be discouraged more still if the register is `preferred
3314 or nothing'. We do this because it increases the chance of
3315 reusing our spill register in a later insn and avoiding a pair
3316 of memory stores and loads.
3317
3318 Don't bother with this if this alternative will accept this
3319 operand.
3320
a2d353e5
RK
3321 Don't do this for a multiword operand, since it is only a
3322 small win and has the risk of requiring more spill registers,
3323 which could cause a large loss.
5aa14fee 3324
eab89b90
RK
3325 Don't do this if the preferred class has only one register
3326 because we might otherwise exhaust the class. */
3327
3328
3329 if (! win && this_alternative[i] != (int) NO_REGS
5aa14fee 3330 && GET_MODE_SIZE (operand_mode[i]) <= UNITS_PER_WORD
eab89b90
RK
3331 && reg_class_size[(int) preferred_class[i]] > 1)
3332 {
3333 if (! reg_class_subset_p (this_alternative[i],
3334 preferred_class[i]))
3335 {
3336 /* Since we don't have a way of forming the intersection,
3337 we just do something special if the preferred class
3338 is a subset of the class we have; that's the most
3339 common case anyway. */
3340 if (reg_class_subset_p (preferred_class[i],
3341 this_alternative[i]))
3342 this_alternative[i] = (int) preferred_class[i];
3343 else
812f2051 3344 reject += (2 + 2 * pref_or_nothing[i]);
eab89b90
RK
3345 }
3346 }
3347 }
3348
3349 /* Now see if any output operands that are marked "earlyclobber"
3350 in this alternative conflict with any input operands
3351 or any memory addresses. */
3352
3353 for (i = 0; i < noperands; i++)
3354 if (this_alternative_earlyclobber[i]
3355 && this_alternative_win[i])
3356 {
3357 struct decomposition early_data;
eab89b90
RK
3358
3359 early_data = decompose (recog_operand[i]);
3360
3361 if (modified[i] == RELOAD_READ)
3362 {
3363 if (this_insn_is_asm)
3364 warning_for_asm (this_insn,
3365 "`&' constraint used with input operand");
3366 else
3367 abort ();
3368 continue;
3369 }
3370
3371 if (this_alternative[i] == NO_REGS)
3372 {
3373 this_alternative_earlyclobber[i] = 0;
3374 if (this_insn_is_asm)
3375 error_for_asm (this_insn,
3376 "`&' constraint used with no register class");
3377 else
3378 abort ();
3379 }
3380
3381 for (j = 0; j < noperands; j++)
3382 /* Is this an input operand or a memory ref? */
3383 if ((GET_CODE (recog_operand[j]) == MEM
3384 || modified[j] != RELOAD_WRITE)
3385 && j != i
3386 /* Ignore things like match_operator operands. */
3387 && *constraints1[j] != 0
3388 /* Don't count an input operand that is constrained to match
3389 the early clobber operand. */
3390 && ! (this_alternative_matches[j] == i
3391 && rtx_equal_p (recog_operand[i], recog_operand[j]))
3392 /* Is it altered by storing the earlyclobber operand? */
3393 && !immune_p (recog_operand[j], recog_operand[i], early_data))
3394 {
3395 /* If the output is in a single-reg class,
3396 it's costly to reload it, so reload the input instead. */
3397 if (reg_class_size[this_alternative[i]] == 1
3398 && (GET_CODE (recog_operand[j]) == REG
3399 || GET_CODE (recog_operand[j]) == SUBREG))
3400 {
3401 losers++;
3402 this_alternative_win[j] = 0;
3403 }
3404 else
3405 break;
3406 }
3407 /* If an earlyclobber operand conflicts with something,
3408 it must be reloaded, so request this and count the cost. */
3409 if (j != noperands)
3410 {
3411 losers++;
3412 this_alternative_win[i] = 0;
3413 for (j = 0; j < noperands; j++)
3414 if (this_alternative_matches[j] == i
3415 && this_alternative_win[j])
3416 {
3417 this_alternative_win[j] = 0;
3418 losers++;
3419 }
3420 }
3421 }
3422
3423 /* If one alternative accepts all the operands, no reload required,
3424 choose that alternative; don't consider the remaining ones. */
3425 if (losers == 0)
3426 {
3427 /* Unswap these so that they are never swapped at `finish'. */
3428 if (commutative >= 0)
3429 {
3430 recog_operand[commutative] = substed_operand[commutative];
3431 recog_operand[commutative + 1]
3432 = substed_operand[commutative + 1];
3433 }
3434 for (i = 0; i < noperands; i++)
3435 {
3436 goal_alternative_win[i] = 1;
3437 goal_alternative[i] = this_alternative[i];
3438 goal_alternative_offmemok[i] = this_alternative_offmemok[i];
3439 goal_alternative_matches[i] = this_alternative_matches[i];
3440 goal_alternative_earlyclobber[i]
3441 = this_alternative_earlyclobber[i];
3442 }
3443 goal_alternative_number = this_alternative_number;
3444 goal_alternative_swapped = swapped;
3445 goal_earlyclobber = this_earlyclobber;
3446 goto finish;
3447 }
3448
3449 /* REJECT, set by the ! and ? constraint characters and when a register
3450 would be reloaded into a non-preferred class, discourages the use of
812f2051
R
3451 this alternative for a reload goal. REJECT is incremented by six
3452 for each ? and two for each non-preferred class. */
3453 losers = losers * 6 + reject;
eab89b90
RK
3454
3455 /* If this alternative can be made to work by reloading,
3456 and it needs less reloading than the others checked so far,
3457 record it as the chosen goal for reloading. */
3458 if (! bad && best > losers)
3459 {
3460 for (i = 0; i < noperands; i++)
3461 {
3462 goal_alternative[i] = this_alternative[i];
3463 goal_alternative_win[i] = this_alternative_win[i];
3464 goal_alternative_offmemok[i] = this_alternative_offmemok[i];
3465 goal_alternative_matches[i] = this_alternative_matches[i];
3466 goal_alternative_earlyclobber[i]
3467 = this_alternative_earlyclobber[i];
3468 }
3469 goal_alternative_swapped = swapped;
3470 best = losers;
3471 goal_alternative_number = this_alternative_number;
3472 goal_earlyclobber = this_earlyclobber;
3473 }
3474 }
3475
3476 /* If insn is commutative (it's safe to exchange a certain pair of operands)
3477 then we need to try each alternative twice,
3478 the second time matching those two operands
3479 as if we had exchanged them.
3480 To do this, really exchange them in operands.
3481
3482 If we have just tried the alternatives the second time,
3483 return operands to normal and drop through. */
3484
3485 if (commutative >= 0)
3486 {
3487 swapped = !swapped;
3488 if (swapped)
3489 {
3490 register enum reg_class tclass;
3491 register int t;
3492
3493 recog_operand[commutative] = substed_operand[commutative + 1];
3494 recog_operand[commutative + 1] = substed_operand[commutative];
3495
3496 tclass = preferred_class[commutative];
3497 preferred_class[commutative] = preferred_class[commutative + 1];
3498 preferred_class[commutative + 1] = tclass;
3499
3500 t = pref_or_nothing[commutative];
3501 pref_or_nothing[commutative] = pref_or_nothing[commutative + 1];
3502 pref_or_nothing[commutative + 1] = t;
3503
4c9a05bc
RK
3504 bcopy ((char *) constraints1, (char *) constraints,
3505 noperands * sizeof (char *));
eab89b90
RK
3506 goto try_swapped;
3507 }
3508 else
3509 {
3510 recog_operand[commutative] = substed_operand[commutative];
3511 recog_operand[commutative + 1] = substed_operand[commutative + 1];
3512 }
3513 }
3514
3515 /* The operands don't meet the constraints.
3516 goal_alternative describes the alternative
3517 that we could reach by reloading the fewest operands.
3518 Reload so as to fit it. */
3519
c22eaf8a 3520 if (best == MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS * 2 + 600)
eab89b90
RK
3521 {
3522 /* No alternative works with reloads?? */
3523 if (insn_code_number >= 0)
3524 abort ();
3525 error_for_asm (insn, "inconsistent operand constraints in an `asm'");
3526 /* Avoid further trouble with this insn. */
38a448ca 3527 PATTERN (insn) = gen_rtx_USE (VOIDmode, const0_rtx);
eab89b90
RK
3528 n_reloads = 0;
3529 return;
3530 }
3531
3532 /* Jump to `finish' from above if all operands are valid already.
3533 In that case, goal_alternative_win is all 1. */
3534 finish:
3535
3536 /* Right now, for any pair of operands I and J that are required to match,
3537 with I < J,
3538 goal_alternative_matches[J] is I.
3539 Set up goal_alternative_matched as the inverse function:
3540 goal_alternative_matched[I] = J. */
3541
3542 for (i = 0; i < noperands; i++)
3543 goal_alternative_matched[i] = -1;
3544
3545 for (i = 0; i < noperands; i++)
3546 if (! goal_alternative_win[i]
3547 && goal_alternative_matches[i] >= 0)
3548 goal_alternative_matched[goal_alternative_matches[i]] = i;
3549
3550 /* If the best alternative is with operands 1 and 2 swapped,
a8c9daeb
RK
3551 consider them swapped before reporting the reloads. Update the
3552 operand numbers of any reloads already pushed. */
eab89b90
RK
3553
3554 if (goal_alternative_swapped)
3555 {
3556 register rtx tem;
3557
3558 tem = substed_operand[commutative];
3559 substed_operand[commutative] = substed_operand[commutative + 1];
3560 substed_operand[commutative + 1] = tem;
3561 tem = recog_operand[commutative];
3562 recog_operand[commutative] = recog_operand[commutative + 1];
3563 recog_operand[commutative + 1] = tem;
a8c9daeb
RK
3564
3565 for (i = 0; i < n_reloads; i++)
3566 {
3567 if (reload_opnum[i] == commutative)
3568 reload_opnum[i] = commutative + 1;
3569 else if (reload_opnum[i] == commutative + 1)
3570 reload_opnum[i] = commutative;
3571 }
eab89b90
RK
3572 }
3573
3574 /* Perform whatever substitutions on the operands we are supposed
3575 to make due to commutativity or replacement of registers
3576 with equivalent constants or memory slots. */
3577
3578 for (i = 0; i < noperands; i++)
3579 {
3580 *recog_operand_loc[i] = substed_operand[i];
3581 /* While we are looping on operands, initialize this. */
3582 operand_reloadnum[i] = -1;
a8c9daeb
RK
3583
3584 /* If this is an earlyclobber operand, we need to widen the scope.
3585 The reload must remain valid from the start of the insn being
3586 reloaded until after the operand is stored into its destination.
3587 We approximate this with RELOAD_OTHER even though we know that we
3588 do not conflict with RELOAD_FOR_INPUT_ADDRESS reloads.
3589
3590 One special case that is worth checking is when we have an
3591 output that is earlyclobber but isn't used past the insn (typically
3592 a SCRATCH). In this case, we only need have the reload live
3593 through the insn itself, but not for any of our input or output
3594 reloads.
f9df0a1d
R
3595 But we must not accidentally narrow the scope of an existing
3596 RELOAD_OTHER reload - leave these alone.
a8c9daeb
RK
3597
3598 In any case, anything needed to address this operand can remain
3599 however they were previously categorized. */
3600
f9df0a1d 3601 if (goal_alternative_earlyclobber[i] && operand_type[i] != RELOAD_OTHER)
a8c9daeb
RK
3602 operand_type[i]
3603 = (find_reg_note (insn, REG_UNUSED, recog_operand[i])
3604 ? RELOAD_FOR_INSN : RELOAD_OTHER);
eab89b90
RK
3605 }
3606
3607 /* Any constants that aren't allowed and can't be reloaded
3608 into registers are here changed into memory references. */
3609 for (i = 0; i < noperands; i++)
3610 if (! goal_alternative_win[i]
3611 && CONSTANT_P (recog_operand[i])
59f25cf9
RK
3612 /* force_const_mem does not accept HIGH. */
3613 && GET_CODE (recog_operand[i]) != HIGH
e5e809f4 3614 && ((PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS (recog_operand[i],
eab89b90 3615 (enum reg_class) goal_alternative[i])
e5e809f4
JL
3616 == NO_REGS)
3617 || no_input_reloads)
eab89b90
RK
3618 && operand_mode[i] != VOIDmode)
3619 {
3620 *recog_operand_loc[i] = recog_operand[i]
3621 = find_reloads_toplev (force_const_mem (operand_mode[i],
3622 recog_operand[i]),
a8c9daeb 3623 i, address_type[i], ind_levels, 0);
eab89b90
RK
3624 if (alternative_allows_memconst (constraints1[i],
3625 goal_alternative_number))
3626 goal_alternative_win[i] = 1;
3627 }
3628
4644aad4
RK
3629 /* Record the values of the earlyclobber operands for the caller. */
3630 if (goal_earlyclobber)
3631 for (i = 0; i < noperands; i++)
3632 if (goal_alternative_earlyclobber[i])
3633 reload_earlyclobbers[n_earlyclobbers++] = recog_operand[i];
3634
eab89b90 3635 /* Now record reloads for all the operands that need them. */
9ec36da5 3636 last_output_reload_regno = -1;
eab89b90
RK
3637 for (i = 0; i < noperands; i++)
3638 if (! goal_alternative_win[i])
3639 {
3640 /* Operands that match previous ones have already been handled. */
3641 if (goal_alternative_matches[i] >= 0)
3642 ;
3643 /* Handle an operand with a nonoffsettable address
3644 appearing where an offsettable address will do
3a322c50
RK
3645 by reloading the address into a base register.
3646
3647 ??? We can also do this when the operand is a register and
3648 reg_equiv_mem is not offsettable, but this is a bit tricky,
3649 so we don't bother with it. It may not be worth doing. */
eab89b90
RK
3650 else if (goal_alternative_matched[i] == -1
3651 && goal_alternative_offmemok[i]
3652 && GET_CODE (recog_operand[i]) == MEM)
3653 {
3654 operand_reloadnum[i]
fb3821f7
CH
3655 = push_reload (XEXP (recog_operand[i], 0), NULL_RTX,
3656 &XEXP (recog_operand[i], 0), NULL_PTR,
eab89b90 3657 BASE_REG_CLASS, GET_MODE (XEXP (recog_operand[i], 0)),
a8c9daeb 3658 VOIDmode, 0, 0, i, RELOAD_FOR_INPUT);
eab89b90
RK
3659 reload_inc[operand_reloadnum[i]]
3660 = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (recog_operand[i]));
a8c9daeb
RK
3661
3662 /* If this operand is an output, we will have made any
3663 reloads for its address as RELOAD_FOR_OUTPUT_ADDRESS, but
3664 now we are treating part of the operand as an input, so
3665 we must change these to RELOAD_FOR_INPUT_ADDRESS. */
3666
2d55b7e8 3667 if (modified[i] == RELOAD_WRITE)
47c8cf91
ILT
3668 {
3669 for (j = 0; j < n_reloads; j++)
3670 {
3671 if (reload_opnum[j] == i)
3672 {
3673 if (reload_when_needed[j] == RELOAD_FOR_OUTPUT_ADDRESS)
3674 reload_when_needed[j] = RELOAD_FOR_INPUT_ADDRESS;
3675 else if (reload_when_needed[j]
3676 == RELOAD_FOR_OUTADDR_ADDRESS)
3677 reload_when_needed[j] = RELOAD_FOR_INPADDR_ADDRESS;
3678 }
3679 }
3680 }
eab89b90
RK
3681 }
3682 else if (goal_alternative_matched[i] == -1)
9ec36da5
JL
3683 {
3684 operand_reloadnum[i]
3685 = push_reload ((modified[i] != RELOAD_WRITE
3686 ? recog_operand[i] : 0),
3687 modified[i] != RELOAD_READ ? recog_operand[i] : 0,
3688 (modified[i] != RELOAD_WRITE
3689 ? recog_operand_loc[i] : 0),
3690 (modified[i] != RELOAD_READ
3691 ? recog_operand_loc[i] : 0),
3692 (enum reg_class) goal_alternative[i],
3693 (modified[i] == RELOAD_WRITE
3694 ? VOIDmode : operand_mode[i]),
3695 (modified[i] == RELOAD_READ
3696 ? VOIDmode : operand_mode[i]),
3697 (insn_code_number < 0 ? 0
3698 : insn_operand_strict_low[insn_code_number][i]),
3699 0, i, operand_type[i]);
3700 if (modified[i] != RELOAD_READ
3701 && GET_CODE (recog_operand[i]) == REG)
3702 last_output_reload_regno = REGNO (recog_operand[i]);
3703 }
eab89b90
RK
3704 /* In a matching pair of operands, one must be input only
3705 and the other must be output only.
3706 Pass the input operand as IN and the other as OUT. */
3707 else if (modified[i] == RELOAD_READ
3708 && modified[goal_alternative_matched[i]] == RELOAD_WRITE)
3709 {
3710 operand_reloadnum[i]
3711 = push_reload (recog_operand[i],
3712 recog_operand[goal_alternative_matched[i]],
3713 recog_operand_loc[i],
3714 recog_operand_loc[goal_alternative_matched[i]],
3715 (enum reg_class) goal_alternative[i],
3716 operand_mode[i],
3717 operand_mode[goal_alternative_matched[i]],
a8c9daeb 3718 0, 0, i, RELOAD_OTHER);
eab89b90 3719 operand_reloadnum[goal_alternative_matched[i]] = output_reloadnum;
9ec36da5
JL
3720 if (GET_CODE (recog_operand[goal_alternative_matched[i]]) == REG)
3721 last_output_reload_regno
3722 = REGNO (recog_operand[goal_alternative_matched[i]]);
eab89b90
RK
3723 }
3724 else if (modified[i] == RELOAD_WRITE
3725 && modified[goal_alternative_matched[i]] == RELOAD_READ)
3726 {
3727 operand_reloadnum[goal_alternative_matched[i]]
3728 = push_reload (recog_operand[goal_alternative_matched[i]],
3729 recog_operand[i],
3730 recog_operand_loc[goal_alternative_matched[i]],
3731 recog_operand_loc[i],
3732 (enum reg_class) goal_alternative[i],
3733 operand_mode[goal_alternative_matched[i]],
3734 operand_mode[i],
a8c9daeb 3735 0, 0, i, RELOAD_OTHER);
eab89b90 3736 operand_reloadnum[i] = output_reloadnum;
9ec36da5
JL
3737 if (GET_CODE (recog_operand[i]) == REG)
3738 last_output_reload_regno = REGNO (recog_operand[i]);
eab89b90
RK
3739 }
3740 else if (insn_code_number >= 0)
3741 abort ();
3742 else
3743 {
3744 error_for_asm (insn, "inconsistent operand constraints in an `asm'");
3745 /* Avoid further trouble with this insn. */
38a448ca 3746 PATTERN (insn) = gen_rtx_USE (VOIDmode, const0_rtx);
eab89b90
RK
3747 n_reloads = 0;
3748 return;
3749 }
3750 }
3751 else if (goal_alternative_matched[i] < 0
3752 && goal_alternative_matches[i] < 0
3753 && optimize)
3754 {
a8c9daeb 3755 /* For each non-matching operand that's a MEM or a pseudo-register
eab89b90
RK
3756 that didn't get a hard register, make an optional reload.
3757 This may get done even if the insn needs no reloads otherwise. */
a8c9daeb
RK
3758
3759 rtx operand = recog_operand[i];
3760
eab89b90
RK
3761 while (GET_CODE (operand) == SUBREG)
3762 operand = XEXP (operand, 0);
a8c9daeb
RK
3763 if ((GET_CODE (operand) == MEM
3764 || (GET_CODE (operand) == REG
3765 && REGNO (operand) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER))
eab89b90 3766 && (enum reg_class) goal_alternative[i] != NO_REGS
a8c9daeb
RK
3767 && ! no_input_reloads
3768 /* Optional output reloads don't do anything and we mustn't
3769 make in-out reloads on insns that are not permitted output
3770 reloads. */
eab89b90 3771 && (modified[i] == RELOAD_READ
a8c9daeb 3772 || (modified[i] == RELOAD_READ_WRITE && ! no_output_reloads)))
eab89b90
RK
3773 operand_reloadnum[i]
3774 = push_reload (modified[i] != RELOAD_WRITE ? recog_operand[i] : 0,
3775 modified[i] != RELOAD_READ ? recog_operand[i] : 0,
a8c9daeb
RK
3776 (modified[i] != RELOAD_WRITE
3777 ? recog_operand_loc[i] : 0),
3778 (modified[i] != RELOAD_READ
3779 ? recog_operand_loc[i] : 0),
eab89b90 3780 (enum reg_class) goal_alternative[i],
a8c9daeb
RK
3781 (modified[i] == RELOAD_WRITE
3782 ? VOIDmode : operand_mode[i]),
3783 (modified[i] == RELOAD_READ
3784 ? VOIDmode : operand_mode[i]),
eab89b90
RK
3785 (insn_code_number < 0 ? 0
3786 : insn_operand_strict_low[insn_code_number][i]),
a8c9daeb 3787 1, i, operand_type[i]);
eab89b90 3788 }
a8c9daeb
RK
3789 else if (goal_alternative_matches[i] >= 0
3790 && goal_alternative_win[goal_alternative_matches[i]]
3791 && modified[i] == RELOAD_READ
3792 && modified[goal_alternative_matches[i]] == RELOAD_WRITE
3793 && ! no_input_reloads && ! no_output_reloads
3794 && optimize)
3795 {
3796 /* Similarly, make an optional reload for a pair of matching
3797 objects that are in MEM or a pseudo that didn't get a hard reg. */
eab89b90 3798
a8c9daeb
RK
3799 rtx operand = recog_operand[i];
3800
3801 while (GET_CODE (operand) == SUBREG)
3802 operand = XEXP (operand, 0);
3803 if ((GET_CODE (operand) == MEM
3804 || (GET_CODE (operand) == REG
3805 && REGNO (operand) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER))
3806 && ((enum reg_class) goal_alternative[goal_alternative_matches[i]]
3807 != NO_REGS))
3808 operand_reloadnum[i] = operand_reloadnum[goal_alternative_matches[i]]
3809 = push_reload (recog_operand[goal_alternative_matches[i]],
3810 recog_operand[i],
3811 recog_operand_loc[goal_alternative_matches[i]],
3812 recog_operand_loc[i],
3813 (enum reg_class) goal_alternative[goal_alternative_matches[i]],
3814 operand_mode[goal_alternative_matches[i]],
3815 operand_mode[i],
3816 0, 1, goal_alternative_matches[i], RELOAD_OTHER);
3817 }
3818
eab89b90
RK
3819 /* If this insn pattern contains any MATCH_DUP's, make sure that
3820 they will be substituted if the operands they match are substituted.
3821 Also do now any substitutions we already did on the operands.
3822
3823 Don't do this if we aren't making replacements because we might be
3824 propagating things allocated by frame pointer elimination into places
3825 it doesn't expect. */
3826
3827 if (insn_code_number >= 0 && replace)
3828 for (i = insn_n_dups[insn_code_number] - 1; i >= 0; i--)
3829 {
3830 int opno = recog_dup_num[i];
3831 *recog_dup_loc[i] = *recog_operand_loc[opno];
3832 if (operand_reloadnum[opno] >= 0)
3833 push_replacement (recog_dup_loc[i], operand_reloadnum[opno],
3834 insn_operand_mode[insn_code_number][opno]);
3835 }
3836
3837#if 0
3838 /* This loses because reloading of prior insns can invalidate the equivalence
3839 (or at least find_equiv_reg isn't smart enough to find it any more),
3840 causing this insn to need more reload regs than it needed before.
3841 It may be too late to make the reload regs available.
3842 Now this optimization is done safely in choose_reload_regs. */
3843
3844 /* For each reload of a reg into some other class of reg,
3845 search for an existing equivalent reg (same value now) in the right class.
3846 We can use it as long as we don't need to change its contents. */
3847 for (i = 0; i < n_reloads; i++)
3848 if (reload_reg_rtx[i] == 0
3849 && reload_in[i] != 0
3850 && GET_CODE (reload_in[i]) == REG
3851 && reload_out[i] == 0)
3852 {
3853 reload_reg_rtx[i]
3854 = find_equiv_reg (reload_in[i], insn, reload_reg_class[i], -1,
3855 static_reload_reg_p, 0, reload_inmode[i]);
3856 /* Prevent generation of insn to load the value
3857 because the one we found already has the value. */
3858 if (reload_reg_rtx[i])
3859 reload_in[i] = reload_reg_rtx[i];
3860 }
3861#endif
3862
a8c9daeb
RK
3863 /* Perhaps an output reload can be combined with another
3864 to reduce needs by one. */
3865 if (!goal_earlyclobber)
3866 combine_reloads ();
3867
3868 /* If we have a pair of reloads for parts of an address, they are reloading
3869 the same object, the operands themselves were not reloaded, and they
3870 are for two operands that are supposed to match, merge the reloads and
0f41302f 3871 change the type of the surviving reload to RELOAD_FOR_OPERAND_ADDRESS. */
a8c9daeb
RK
3872
3873 for (i = 0; i < n_reloads; i++)
3874 {
3875 int k;
3876
3877 for (j = i + 1; j < n_reloads; j++)
3878 if ((reload_when_needed[i] == RELOAD_FOR_INPUT_ADDRESS
47c8cf91
ILT
3879 || reload_when_needed[i] == RELOAD_FOR_OUTPUT_ADDRESS
3880 || reload_when_needed[i] == RELOAD_FOR_INPADDR_ADDRESS
3881 || reload_when_needed[i] == RELOAD_FOR_OUTADDR_ADDRESS)
a8c9daeb 3882 && (reload_when_needed[j] == RELOAD_FOR_INPUT_ADDRESS
47c8cf91
ILT
3883 || reload_when_needed[j] == RELOAD_FOR_OUTPUT_ADDRESS
3884 || reload_when_needed[j] == RELOAD_FOR_INPADDR_ADDRESS
3885 || reload_when_needed[j] == RELOAD_FOR_OUTADDR_ADDRESS)
a8c9daeb
RK
3886 && rtx_equal_p (reload_in[i], reload_in[j])
3887 && (operand_reloadnum[reload_opnum[i]] < 0
3888 || reload_optional[operand_reloadnum[reload_opnum[i]]])
3889 && (operand_reloadnum[reload_opnum[j]] < 0
3890 || reload_optional[operand_reloadnum[reload_opnum[j]]])
3891 && (goal_alternative_matches[reload_opnum[i]] == reload_opnum[j]
3892 || (goal_alternative_matches[reload_opnum[j]]
3893 == reload_opnum[i])))
3894 {
3895 for (k = 0; k < n_replacements; k++)
3896 if (replacements[k].what == j)
3897 replacements[k].what = i;
3898
47c8cf91
ILT
3899 if (reload_when_needed[i] == RELOAD_FOR_INPADDR_ADDRESS
3900 || reload_when_needed[i] == RELOAD_FOR_OUTADDR_ADDRESS)
3901 reload_when_needed[i] = RELOAD_FOR_OPADDR_ADDR;
3902 else
3903 reload_when_needed[i] = RELOAD_FOR_OPERAND_ADDRESS;
a8c9daeb
RK
3904 reload_in[j] = 0;
3905 }
3906 }
3907
3908 /* Scan all the reloads and update their type.
3909 If a reload is for the address of an operand and we didn't reload
3910 that operand, change the type. Similarly, change the operand number
3911 of a reload when two operands match. If a reload is optional, treat it
3912 as though the operand isn't reloaded.
3913
3914 ??? This latter case is somewhat odd because if we do the optional
3915 reload, it means the object is hanging around. Thus we need only
3916 do the address reload if the optional reload was NOT done.
3917
3918 Change secondary reloads to be the address type of their operand, not
3919 the normal type.
3920
3921 If an operand's reload is now RELOAD_OTHER, change any
3922 RELOAD_FOR_INPUT_ADDRESS reloads of that operand to
3923 RELOAD_FOR_OTHER_ADDRESS. */
3924
3925 for (i = 0; i < n_reloads; i++)
3926 {
3927 if (reload_secondary_p[i]
3928 && reload_when_needed[i] == operand_type[reload_opnum[i]])
3929 reload_when_needed[i] = address_type[reload_opnum[i]];
3930
3931 if ((reload_when_needed[i] == RELOAD_FOR_INPUT_ADDRESS
47c8cf91
ILT
3932 || reload_when_needed[i] == RELOAD_FOR_OUTPUT_ADDRESS
3933 || reload_when_needed[i] == RELOAD_FOR_INPADDR_ADDRESS
3934 || reload_when_needed[i] == RELOAD_FOR_OUTADDR_ADDRESS)
a8c9daeb 3935 && (operand_reloadnum[reload_opnum[i]] < 0
6ded3228 3936 || reload_optional[operand_reloadnum[reload_opnum[i]]]))
f98bb7d3
RK
3937 {
3938 /* If we have a secondary reload to go along with this reload,
0f41302f 3939 change its type to RELOAD_FOR_OPADDR_ADDR. */
f98bb7d3 3940
47c8cf91
ILT
3941 if ((reload_when_needed[i] == RELOAD_FOR_INPUT_ADDRESS
3942 || reload_when_needed[i] == RELOAD_FOR_INPADDR_ADDRESS)
f98bb7d3
RK
3943 && reload_secondary_in_reload[i] != -1)
3944 {
3945 int secondary_in_reload = reload_secondary_in_reload[i];
3946
db3cf6fb
MS
3947 reload_when_needed[secondary_in_reload]
3948 = RELOAD_FOR_OPADDR_ADDR;
f98bb7d3 3949
0f41302f 3950 /* If there's a tertiary reload we have to change it also. */
f98bb7d3
RK
3951 if (secondary_in_reload > 0
3952 && reload_secondary_in_reload[secondary_in_reload] != -1)
3953 reload_when_needed[reload_secondary_in_reload[secondary_in_reload]]
3954 = RELOAD_FOR_OPADDR_ADDR;
3955 }
3956
47c8cf91
ILT
3957 if ((reload_when_needed[i] == RELOAD_FOR_OUTPUT_ADDRESS
3958 || reload_when_needed[i] == RELOAD_FOR_OUTADDR_ADDRESS)
f98bb7d3
RK
3959 && reload_secondary_out_reload[i] != -1)
3960 {
3961 int secondary_out_reload = reload_secondary_out_reload[i];
3962
db3cf6fb
MS
3963 reload_when_needed[secondary_out_reload]
3964 = RELOAD_FOR_OPADDR_ADDR;
f98bb7d3 3965
0f41302f 3966 /* If there's a tertiary reload we have to change it also. */
f98bb7d3
RK
3967 if (secondary_out_reload
3968 && reload_secondary_out_reload[secondary_out_reload] != -1)
3969 reload_when_needed[reload_secondary_out_reload[secondary_out_reload]]
3970 = RELOAD_FOR_OPADDR_ADDR;
3971 }
e5e809f4
JL
3972
3973 reload_when_needed[i] = RELOAD_FOR_OPERAND_ADDRESS;
f98bb7d3 3974 }
a8c9daeb 3975
47c8cf91
ILT
3976 if ((reload_when_needed[i] == RELOAD_FOR_INPUT_ADDRESS
3977 || reload_when_needed[i] == RELOAD_FOR_INPADDR_ADDRESS)
a8c9daeb
RK
3978 && operand_reloadnum[reload_opnum[i]] >= 0
3979 && (reload_when_needed[operand_reloadnum[reload_opnum[i]]]
3980 == RELOAD_OTHER))
3981 reload_when_needed[i] = RELOAD_FOR_OTHER_ADDRESS;
3982
3983 if (goal_alternative_matches[reload_opnum[i]] >= 0)
3984 reload_opnum[i] = goal_alternative_matches[reload_opnum[i]];
3985 }
3986
a94ce333
JW
3987 /* Scan all the reloads, and check for RELOAD_FOR_OPERAND_ADDRESS reloads.
3988 If we have more than one, then convert all RELOAD_FOR_OPADDR_ADDR
3989 reloads to RELOAD_FOR_OPERAND_ADDRESS reloads.
3990
3991 choose_reload_regs assumes that RELOAD_FOR_OPADDR_ADDR reloads never
3992 conflict with RELOAD_FOR_OPERAND_ADDRESS reloads. This is true for a
3993 single pair of RELOAD_FOR_OPADDR_ADDR/RELOAD_FOR_OPERAND_ADDRESS reloads.
3994 However, if there is more than one RELOAD_FOR_OPERAND_ADDRESS reload,
3995 then a RELOAD_FOR_OPADDR_ADDR reload conflicts with all
3996 RELOAD_FOR_OPERAND_ADDRESS reloads other than the one that uses it.
3997 This is complicated by the fact that a single operand can have more
3998 than one RELOAD_FOR_OPERAND_ADDRESS reload. It is very difficult to fix
3999 choose_reload_regs without affecting code quality, and cases that
4000 actually fail are extremely rare, so it turns out to be better to fix
4001 the problem here by not generating cases that choose_reload_regs will
4002 fail for. */
826e3854
R
4003 /* There is a similar problem with RELAOD_FOR_INPUT_ADDRESS /
4004 RELOAD_FOR_OUTPUT_ADDRESS when there is more than one of a kind for
4005 a single operand.
4006 We can reduce the register pressure by exploiting that a
4007 RELOAD_FOR_X_ADDR_ADDR that precedes all RELOAD_FOR_X_ADDRESS reloads
4008 does not conflict with any of them. */
a94ce333 4009 {
826e3854
R
4010 int first_op_addr_num = -2;
4011 int first_inpaddr_num[MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS];
4012 int first_outpaddr_num[MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS];
4013 int need_change= 0;
4014 /* We use last_op_addr_reload and the contents of the above arrays
4015 first as flags - -2 means no instance encountered, -1 means exactly
4016 one instance encountered.
4017 If more than one instance has been encountered, we store the reload
4018 number of the first reload of the kind in question; reload numbers
4019 are known to be non-negative. */
4020 for (i = 0; i < noperands; i++)
4021 first_inpaddr_num[i] = first_outpaddr_num[i] = -2;
4022 for (i = n_reloads - 1; i >= 0; i--)
4023 {
4024 switch (reload_when_needed[i])
4025 {
4026 case RELOAD_FOR_OPERAND_ADDRESS:
4027 if (! ++first_op_addr_num)
4028 {
4029 first_op_addr_num= i;
4030 need_change = 1;
4031 }
4032 break;
4033 case RELOAD_FOR_INPUT_ADDRESS:
4034 if (! ++first_inpaddr_num[reload_opnum[i]])
4035 {
4036 first_inpaddr_num[reload_opnum[i]] = i;
4037 need_change = 1;
4038 }
4039 break;
4040 case RELOAD_FOR_OUTPUT_ADDRESS:
4041 if (! ++first_outpaddr_num[reload_opnum[i]])
4042 {
4043 first_outpaddr_num[reload_opnum[i]] = i;
4044 need_change = 1;
4045 }
4046 break;
4047 default:
4048 break;
4049 }
4050 }
a94ce333 4051
826e3854
R
4052 if (need_change)
4053 {
4054 for (i = 0; i < n_reloads; i++)
4055 {
4056 int first_num, type;
4057
4058 switch (reload_when_needed[i])
4059 {
4060 case RELOAD_FOR_OPADDR_ADDR:
4061 first_num = first_op_addr_num;
4062 type = RELOAD_FOR_OPERAND_ADDRESS;
4063 break;
4064 case RELOAD_FOR_INPADDR_ADDRESS:
4065 first_num = first_inpaddr_num[reload_opnum[i]];
4066 type = RELOAD_FOR_INPUT_ADDRESS;
4067 break;
4068 case RELOAD_FOR_OUTADDR_ADDRESS:
4069 first_num = first_outpaddr_num[reload_opnum[i]];
4070 type = RELOAD_FOR_OUTPUT_ADDRESS;
4071 break;
4072 default:
4073 continue;
4074 }
4075 if (i > first_num)
4076 reload_when_needed[i] = type;
4077 }
4078 }
a94ce333
JW
4079 }
4080
a8c9daeb
RK
4081 /* See if we have any reloads that are now allowed to be merged
4082 because we've changed when the reload is needed to
4083 RELOAD_FOR_OPERAND_ADDRESS or RELOAD_FOR_OTHER_ADDRESS. Only
4084 check for the most common cases. */
4085
4086 for (i = 0; i < n_reloads; i++)
4087 if (reload_in[i] != 0 && reload_out[i] == 0
4088 && (reload_when_needed[i] == RELOAD_FOR_OPERAND_ADDRESS
47c8cf91 4089 || reload_when_needed[i] == RELOAD_FOR_OPADDR_ADDR
a8c9daeb
RK
4090 || reload_when_needed[i] == RELOAD_FOR_OTHER_ADDRESS))
4091 for (j = 0; j < n_reloads; j++)
4092 if (i != j && reload_in[j] != 0 && reload_out[j] == 0
4093 && reload_when_needed[j] == reload_when_needed[i]
73f67895
RS
4094 && MATCHES (reload_in[i], reload_in[j])
4095 && reload_reg_class[i] == reload_reg_class[j]
92b37691
RK
4096 && !reload_nocombine[i] && !reload_nocombine[j]
4097 && reload_reg_rtx[i] == reload_reg_rtx[j])
a8c9daeb
RK
4098 {
4099 reload_opnum[i] = MIN (reload_opnum[i], reload_opnum[j]);
4100 transfer_replacements (i, j);
4101 reload_in[j] = 0;
4102 }
4103
f5963e61
JL
4104 /* Set which reloads must use registers not used in any group. Start
4105 with those that conflict with a group and then include ones that
4106 conflict with ones that are already known to conflict with a group. */
4107
4108 changed = 0;
4109 for (i = 0; i < n_reloads; i++)
4110 {
4111 enum machine_mode mode = reload_inmode[i];
4112 enum reg_class class = reload_reg_class[i];
4113 int size;
4114
4115 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (reload_outmode[i]) > GET_MODE_SIZE (mode))
4116 mode = reload_outmode[i];
4117 size = CLASS_MAX_NREGS (class, mode);
4118
4119 if (size == 1)
4120 for (j = 0; j < n_reloads; j++)
4121 if ((CLASS_MAX_NREGS (reload_reg_class[j],
4122 (GET_MODE_SIZE (reload_outmode[j])
4123 > GET_MODE_SIZE (reload_inmode[j]))
4124 ? reload_outmode[j] : reload_inmode[j])
4125 > 1)
4126 && !reload_optional[j]
4127 && (reload_in[j] != 0 || reload_out[j] != 0
4128 || reload_secondary_p[j])
4129 && reloads_conflict (i, j)
4130 && reg_classes_intersect_p (class, reload_reg_class[j]))
4131 {
4132 reload_nongroup[i] = 1;
4133 changed = 1;
4134 break;
4135 }
4136 }
4137
4138 while (changed)
4139 {
4140 changed = 0;
4141
4142 for (i = 0; i < n_reloads; i++)
4143 {
4144 enum machine_mode mode = reload_inmode[i];
4145 enum reg_class class = reload_reg_class[i];
4146 int size;
4147
4148 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (reload_outmode[i]) > GET_MODE_SIZE (mode))
4149 mode = reload_outmode[i];
4150 size = CLASS_MAX_NREGS (class, mode);
4151
4152 if (! reload_nongroup[i] && size == 1)
4153 for (j = 0; j < n_reloads; j++)
4154 if (reload_nongroup[j]
4155 && reloads_conflict (i, j)
4156 && reg_classes_intersect_p (class, reload_reg_class[j]))
4157 {
4158 reload_nongroup[i] = 1;
4159 changed = 1;
4160 break;
4161 }
4162 }
4163 }
4164
eab89b90
RK
4165#else /* no REGISTER_CONSTRAINTS */
4166 int noperands;
4167 int insn_code_number;
4168 int goal_earlyclobber = 0; /* Always 0, to make combine_reloads happen. */
4169 register int i;
4170 rtx body = PATTERN (insn);
4171
4172 n_reloads = 0;
4173 n_replacements = 0;
4174 n_earlyclobbers = 0;
4175 replace_reloads = replace;
4176 this_insn = insn;
4177
4178 /* Find what kind of insn this is. NOPERANDS gets number of operands.
4179 Store the operand values in RECOG_OPERAND and the locations
4180 of the words in the insn that point to them in RECOG_OPERAND_LOC.
4181 Return if the insn needs no reload processing. */
4182
4183 switch (GET_CODE (body))
4184 {
4185 case USE:
4186 case CLOBBER:
4187 case ASM_INPUT:
4188 case ADDR_VEC:
4189 case ADDR_DIFF_VEC:
4190 return;
4191
4192 case PARALLEL:
4193 case SET:
4194 noperands = asm_noperands (body);
4195 if (noperands >= 0)
4196 {
4197 /* This insn is an `asm' with operands.
4198 First, find out how many operands, and allocate space. */
4199
4200 insn_code_number = -1;
4201 /* ??? This is a bug! ???
4202 Give up and delete this insn if it has too many operands. */
4203 if (noperands > MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS)
4204 abort ();
4205
4206 /* Now get the operand values out of the insn. */
4207
fb3821f7
CH
4208 decode_asm_operands (body, recog_operand, recog_operand_loc,
4209 NULL_PTR, NULL_PTR);
eab89b90
RK
4210 break;
4211 }
4212
4213 default:
4214 /* Ordinary insn: recognize it, allocate space for operands and
4215 constraints, and get them out via insn_extract. */
4216
4217 insn_code_number = recog_memoized (insn);
4218 noperands = insn_n_operands[insn_code_number];
4219 insn_extract (insn);
4220 }
4221
4222 if (noperands == 0)
4223 return;
4224
4225 for (i = 0; i < noperands; i++)
4226 {
4227 register RTX_CODE code = GET_CODE (recog_operand[i]);
4228 int is_set_dest = GET_CODE (body) == SET && (i == 0);
4229
4230 if (insn_code_number >= 0)
4231 if (insn_operand_address_p[insn_code_number][i])
fb3821f7 4232 find_reloads_address (VOIDmode, NULL_PTR,
eab89b90 4233 recog_operand[i], recog_operand_loc[i],
55c22565 4234 i, RELOAD_FOR_INPUT, ind_levels, insn);
a8c9daeb
RK
4235
4236 /* In these cases, we can't tell if the operand is an input
4237 or an output, so be conservative. In practice it won't be
4238 problem. */
4239
eab89b90
RK
4240 if (code == MEM)
4241 find_reloads_address (GET_MODE (recog_operand[i]),
4242 recog_operand_loc[i],
4243 XEXP (recog_operand[i], 0),
4244 &XEXP (recog_operand[i], 0),
55c22565 4245 i, RELOAD_OTHER, ind_levels, insn);
eab89b90
RK
4246 if (code == SUBREG)
4247 recog_operand[i] = *recog_operand_loc[i]
a8c9daeb
RK
4248 = find_reloads_toplev (recog_operand[i], i, RELOAD_OTHER,
4249 ind_levels, is_set_dest);
eab89b90
RK
4250 if (code == REG)
4251 {
4252 register int regno = REGNO (recog_operand[i]);
4253 if (reg_equiv_constant[regno] != 0 && !is_set_dest)
4254 recog_operand[i] = *recog_operand_loc[i]
4255 = reg_equiv_constant[regno];
4256#if 0 /* This might screw code in reload1.c to delete prior output-reload
4257 that feeds this insn. */
4258 if (reg_equiv_mem[regno] != 0)
4259 recog_operand[i] = *recog_operand_loc[i]
4260 = reg_equiv_mem[regno];
4261#endif
4262 }
eab89b90
RK
4263 }
4264
4265 /* Perhaps an output reload can be combined with another
4266 to reduce needs by one. */
4267 if (!goal_earlyclobber)
4268 combine_reloads ();
a8c9daeb 4269#endif /* no REGISTER_CONSTRAINTS */
eab89b90
RK
4270}
4271
4272/* Return 1 if alternative number ALTNUM in constraint-string CONSTRAINT
4273 accepts a memory operand with constant address. */
4274
4275static int
4276alternative_allows_memconst (constraint, altnum)
4277 char *constraint;
4278 int altnum;
4279{
4280 register int c;
4281 /* Skip alternatives before the one requested. */
4282 while (altnum > 0)
4283 {
4284 while (*constraint++ != ',');
4285 altnum--;
4286 }
4287 /* Scan the requested alternative for 'm' or 'o'.
4288 If one of them is present, this alternative accepts memory constants. */
4289 while ((c = *constraint++) && c != ',' && c != '#')
4290 if (c == 'm' || c == 'o')
4291 return 1;
4292 return 0;
4293}
4294\f
4295/* Scan X for memory references and scan the addresses for reloading.
4296 Also checks for references to "constant" regs that we want to eliminate
4297 and replaces them with the values they stand for.
6dc42e49 4298 We may alter X destructively if it contains a reference to such.
eab89b90
RK
4299 If X is just a constant reg, we return the equivalent value
4300 instead of X.
4301
4302 IND_LEVELS says how many levels of indirect addressing this machine
4303 supports.
4304
a8c9daeb
RK
4305 OPNUM and TYPE identify the purpose of the reload.
4306
eab89b90
RK
4307 IS_SET_DEST is true if X is the destination of a SET, which is not
4308 appropriate to be replaced by a constant. */
4309
4310static rtx
a8c9daeb 4311find_reloads_toplev (x, opnum, type, ind_levels, is_set_dest)
eab89b90 4312 rtx x;
a8c9daeb
RK
4313 int opnum;
4314 enum reload_type type;
eab89b90
RK
4315 int ind_levels;
4316 int is_set_dest;
4317{
4318 register RTX_CODE code = GET_CODE (x);
4319
4320 register char *fmt = GET_RTX_FORMAT (code);
4321 register int i;
4322
4323 if (code == REG)
4324 {
4325 /* This code is duplicated for speed in find_reloads. */
4326 register int regno = REGNO (x);
4327 if (reg_equiv_constant[regno] != 0 && !is_set_dest)
4328 x = reg_equiv_constant[regno];
4329#if 0
4330/* This creates (subreg (mem...)) which would cause an unnecessary
4331 reload of the mem. */
4332 else if (reg_equiv_mem[regno] != 0)
4333 x = reg_equiv_mem[regno];
4334#endif
4335 else if (reg_equiv_address[regno] != 0)
4336 {
4337 /* If reg_equiv_address varies, it may be shared, so copy it. */
4ffeab02
JW
4338 /* We must rerun eliminate_regs, in case the elimination
4339 offsets have changed. */
4340 rtx addr = XEXP (eliminate_regs (reg_equiv_memory_loc[regno], 0,
1914f5da 4341 NULL_RTX),
4ffeab02 4342 0);
eab89b90
RK
4343
4344 if (rtx_varies_p (addr))
4345 addr = copy_rtx (addr);
4346
38a448ca 4347 x = gen_rtx_MEM (GET_MODE (x), addr);
eab89b90 4348 RTX_UNCHANGING_P (x) = RTX_UNCHANGING_P (regno_reg_rtx[regno]);
fb3821f7 4349 find_reloads_address (GET_MODE (x), NULL_PTR,
eab89b90 4350 XEXP (x, 0),
55c22565 4351 &XEXP (x, 0), opnum, type, ind_levels, 0);
eab89b90
RK
4352 }
4353 return x;
4354 }
4355 if (code == MEM)
4356 {
4357 rtx tem = x;
4358 find_reloads_address (GET_MODE (x), &tem, XEXP (x, 0), &XEXP (x, 0),
55c22565 4359 opnum, type, ind_levels, 0);
eab89b90
RK
4360 return tem;
4361 }
4362
4363 if (code == SUBREG && GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (x)) == REG)
4364 {
4365 /* Check for SUBREG containing a REG that's equivalent to a constant.
4366 If the constant has a known value, truncate it right now.
4367 Similarly if we are extracting a single-word of a multi-word
4368 constant. If the constant is symbolic, allow it to be substituted
4369 normally. push_reload will strip the subreg later. If the
4370 constant is VOIDmode, abort because we will lose the mode of
4371 the register (this should never happen because one of the cases
4372 above should handle it). */
4373
4374 register int regno = REGNO (SUBREG_REG (x));
4375 rtx tem;
4376
4377 if (subreg_lowpart_p (x)
4378 && regno >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER && reg_renumber[regno] < 0
4379 && reg_equiv_constant[regno] != 0
4380 && (tem = gen_lowpart_common (GET_MODE (x),
4381 reg_equiv_constant[regno])) != 0)
4382 return tem;
4383
4384 if (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (x)) == BITS_PER_WORD
4385 && regno >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER && reg_renumber[regno] < 0
4386 && reg_equiv_constant[regno] != 0
4387 && (tem = operand_subword (reg_equiv_constant[regno],
4388 SUBREG_WORD (x), 0,
4389 GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (x)))) != 0)
0365438d
JL
4390 {
4391 /* TEM is now a word sized constant for the bits from X that
4392 we wanted. However, TEM may be the wrong representation.
4393
4394 Use gen_lowpart_common to convert a CONST_INT into a
4395 CONST_DOUBLE and vice versa as needed according to by the mode
4396 of the SUBREG. */
4397 tem = gen_lowpart_common (GET_MODE (x), tem);
4398 if (!tem)
4399 abort ();
4400 return tem;
4401 }
eab89b90 4402
2fd0af53
R
4403 /* If the SUBREG is wider than a word, the above test will fail.
4404 For example, we might have a SImode SUBREG of a DImode SUBREG_REG
4405 for a 16 bit target, or a DImode SUBREG of a TImode SUBREG_REG for
4406 a 32 bit target. We still can - and have to - handle this
4407 for non-paradoxical subregs of CONST_INTs. */
4408 if (regno >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER && reg_renumber[regno] < 0
4409 && reg_equiv_constant[regno] != 0
4410 && GET_CODE (reg_equiv_constant[regno]) == CONST_INT
4411 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x))
4412 < GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (x)))))
4413 {
4414 int shift = SUBREG_WORD (x) * BITS_PER_WORD;
4415 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN)
4416 shift = (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (x)))
4417 - GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (x))
4418 - shift);
4419 /* Here we use the knowledge that CONST_INTs have a
4420 HOST_WIDE_INT field. */
4421 if (shift >= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
4422 shift = HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT - 1;
4423 return GEN_INT (INTVAL (reg_equiv_constant[regno]) >> shift);
4424 }
4425
eab89b90
RK
4426 if (regno >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER && reg_renumber[regno] < 0
4427 && reg_equiv_constant[regno] != 0
4428 && GET_MODE (reg_equiv_constant[regno]) == VOIDmode)
4429 abort ();
4430
4431 /* If the subreg contains a reg that will be converted to a mem,
4432 convert the subreg to a narrower memref now.
4433 Otherwise, we would get (subreg (mem ...) ...),
4434 which would force reload of the mem.
4435
4436 We also need to do this if there is an equivalent MEM that is
4437 not offsettable. In that case, alter_subreg would produce an
4438 invalid address on big-endian machines.
4439
46da6b3a 4440 For machines that extend byte loads, we must not reload using
eab89b90
RK
4441 a wider mode if we have a paradoxical SUBREG. find_reloads will
4442 force a reload in that case. So we should not do anything here. */
4443
4444 else if (regno >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
fd72420f 4445#ifdef LOAD_EXTEND_OP
eab89b90
RK
4446 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x))
4447 <= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (x))))
4448#endif
4449 && (reg_equiv_address[regno] != 0
4450 || (reg_equiv_mem[regno] != 0
f2fbfe92
JL
4451 && (! strict_memory_address_p (GET_MODE (x),
4452 XEXP (reg_equiv_mem[regno], 0))
4453 || ! offsettable_memref_p (reg_equiv_mem[regno])))))
eab89b90
RK
4454 {
4455 int offset = SUBREG_WORD (x) * UNITS_PER_WORD;
4ffeab02
JW
4456 /* We must rerun eliminate_regs, in case the elimination
4457 offsets have changed. */
4458 rtx addr = XEXP (eliminate_regs (reg_equiv_memory_loc[regno], 0,
1914f5da 4459 NULL_RTX),
4ffeab02 4460 0);
f76b9db2
ILT
4461 if (BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN)
4462 {
4463 int size;
4464 size = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (x)));
4465 offset += MIN (size, UNITS_PER_WORD);
4466 size = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x));
4467 offset -= MIN (size, UNITS_PER_WORD);
4468 }
eab89b90 4469 addr = plus_constant (addr, offset);
38a448ca 4470 x = gen_rtx_MEM (GET_MODE (x), addr);
eab89b90 4471 RTX_UNCHANGING_P (x) = RTX_UNCHANGING_P (regno_reg_rtx[regno]);
fb3821f7 4472 find_reloads_address (GET_MODE (x), NULL_PTR,
eab89b90 4473 XEXP (x, 0),
55c22565 4474 &XEXP (x, 0), opnum, type, ind_levels, 0);
eab89b90
RK
4475 }
4476
4477 }
4478
4479 for (i = GET_RTX_LENGTH (code) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
4480 {
4481 if (fmt[i] == 'e')
a8c9daeb 4482 XEXP (x, i) = find_reloads_toplev (XEXP (x, i), opnum, type,
eab89b90
RK
4483 ind_levels, is_set_dest);
4484 }
4485 return x;
4486}
4487
dbf85761
RS
4488/* Return a mem ref for the memory equivalent of reg REGNO.
4489 This mem ref is not shared with anything. */
4490
eab89b90
RK
4491static rtx
4492make_memloc (ad, regno)
4493 rtx ad;
4494 int regno;
4495{
29a82058 4496#if 0
eab89b90 4497 register int i;
29a82058 4498#endif
4ffeab02
JW
4499 /* We must rerun eliminate_regs, in case the elimination
4500 offsets have changed. */
1914f5da 4501 rtx tem = XEXP (eliminate_regs (reg_equiv_memory_loc[regno], 0, NULL_RTX), 0);
dbf85761
RS
4502
4503#if 0 /* We cannot safely reuse a memloc made here;
4504 if the pseudo appears twice, and its mem needs a reload,
4505 it gets two separate reloads assigned, but it only
4506 gets substituted with the second of them;
4507 then it can get used before that reload reg gets loaded up. */
eab89b90
RK
4508 for (i = 0; i < n_memlocs; i++)
4509 if (rtx_equal_p (tem, XEXP (memlocs[i], 0)))
4510 return memlocs[i];
dbf85761 4511#endif
eab89b90
RK
4512
4513 /* If TEM might contain a pseudo, we must copy it to avoid
4514 modifying it when we do the substitution for the reload. */
4515 if (rtx_varies_p (tem))
4516 tem = copy_rtx (tem);
4517
38a448ca 4518 tem = gen_rtx_MEM (GET_MODE (ad), tem);
eab89b90
RK
4519 RTX_UNCHANGING_P (tem) = RTX_UNCHANGING_P (regno_reg_rtx[regno]);
4520 memlocs[n_memlocs++] = tem;
4521 return tem;
4522}
4523
4524/* Record all reloads needed for handling memory address AD
4525 which appears in *LOC in a memory reference to mode MODE
4526 which itself is found in location *MEMREFLOC.
4527 Note that we take shortcuts assuming that no multi-reg machine mode
4528 occurs as part of an address.
4529
a8c9daeb 4530 OPNUM and TYPE specify the purpose of this reload.
eab89b90
RK
4531
4532 IND_LEVELS says how many levels of indirect addressing this machine
4533 supports.
4534
55c22565
RK
4535 INSN, if nonzero, is the insn in which we do the reload. It is used
4536 to determine if we may generate output reloads.
4537
eab89b90
RK
4538 Value is nonzero if this address is reloaded or replaced as a whole.
4539 This is interesting to the caller if the address is an autoincrement.
4540
4541 Note that there is no verification that the address will be valid after
4542 this routine does its work. Instead, we rely on the fact that the address
4543 was valid when reload started. So we need only undo things that reload
4544 could have broken. These are wrong register types, pseudos not allocated
4545 to a hard register, and frame pointer elimination. */
4546
4547static int
55c22565 4548find_reloads_address (mode, memrefloc, ad, loc, opnum, type, ind_levels, insn)
eab89b90
RK
4549 enum machine_mode mode;
4550 rtx *memrefloc;
4551 rtx ad;
4552 rtx *loc;
a8c9daeb
RK
4553 int opnum;
4554 enum reload_type type;
eab89b90 4555 int ind_levels;
55c22565 4556 rtx insn;
eab89b90
RK
4557{
4558 register int regno;
4559 rtx tem;
4560
4561 /* If the address is a register, see if it is a legitimate address and
4562 reload if not. We first handle the cases where we need not reload
4563 or where we must reload in a non-standard way. */
4564
4565 if (GET_CODE (ad) == REG)
4566 {
4567 regno = REGNO (ad);
4568
4569 if (reg_equiv_constant[regno] != 0
4570 && strict_memory_address_p (mode, reg_equiv_constant[regno]))
4571 {
4572 *loc = ad = reg_equiv_constant[regno];
4573 return 1;
4574 }
4575
4576 else if (reg_equiv_address[regno] != 0)
4577 {
4578 tem = make_memloc (ad, regno);
fb3821f7 4579 find_reloads_address (GET_MODE (tem), NULL_PTR, XEXP (tem, 0),
47c8cf91 4580 &XEXP (tem, 0), opnum, ADDR_TYPE (type),
55c22565 4581 ind_levels, insn);
1ba61f4e
ILT
4582 push_reload (tem, NULL_RTX, loc, NULL_PTR,
4583 reload_address_base_reg_class,
eab89b90 4584 GET_MODE (ad), VOIDmode, 0, 0,
a8c9daeb 4585 opnum, type);
eab89b90
RK
4586 return 1;
4587 }
4588
b39555b4 4589 /* We can avoid a reload if the register's equivalent memory expression
c1875d66
RS
4590 is valid as an indirect memory address.
4591 But not all addresses are valid in a mem used as an indirect address:
4592 only reg or reg+constant. */
b39555b4
RS
4593
4594 else if (reg_equiv_mem[regno] != 0 && ind_levels > 0
c1875d66
RS
4595 && strict_memory_address_p (mode, reg_equiv_mem[regno])
4596 && (GET_CODE (XEXP (reg_equiv_mem[regno], 0)) == REG
4597 || (GET_CODE (XEXP (reg_equiv_mem[regno], 0)) == PLUS
4598 && GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (reg_equiv_mem[regno], 0), 0)) == REG
75301d68 4599 && CONSTANT_P (XEXP (XEXP (reg_equiv_mem[regno], 0), 1)))))
b39555b4 4600 return 0;
eab89b90
RK
4601
4602 /* The only remaining case where we can avoid a reload is if this is a
4603 hard register that is valid as a base register and which is not the
4604 subject of a CLOBBER in this insn. */
4605
858c3c8c
ILT
4606 else if (regno < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
4607 && REGNO_MODE_OK_FOR_BASE_P (regno, mode)
eab89b90
RK
4608 && ! regno_clobbered_p (regno, this_insn))
4609 return 0;
4610
4611 /* If we do not have one of the cases above, we must do the reload. */
1ba61f4e 4612 push_reload (ad, NULL_RTX, loc, NULL_PTR, reload_address_base_reg_class,
a8c9daeb 4613 GET_MODE (ad), VOIDmode, 0, 0, opnum, type);
eab89b90
RK
4614 return 1;
4615 }
4616
4617 if (strict_memory_address_p (mode, ad))
4618 {
4619 /* The address appears valid, so reloads are not needed.
4620 But the address may contain an eliminable register.
4621 This can happen because a machine with indirect addressing
4622 may consider a pseudo register by itself a valid address even when
4623 it has failed to get a hard reg.
4624 So do a tree-walk to find and eliminate all such regs. */
4625
4626 /* But first quickly dispose of a common case. */
4627 if (GET_CODE (ad) == PLUS
4628 && GET_CODE (XEXP (ad, 1)) == CONST_INT
4629 && GET_CODE (XEXP (ad, 0)) == REG
4630 && reg_equiv_constant[REGNO (XEXP (ad, 0))] == 0)
4631 return 0;
4632
4633 subst_reg_equivs_changed = 0;
4634 *loc = subst_reg_equivs (ad);
4635
4636 if (! subst_reg_equivs_changed)
4637 return 0;
4638
4639 /* Check result for validity after substitution. */
4640 if (strict_memory_address_p (mode, ad))
4641 return 0;
4642 }
4643
a9a2595b
JR
4644#ifdef LEGITIMIZE_RELOAD_ADDRESS
4645 do
4646 {
4647 if (memrefloc)
4648 {
4649 LEGITIMIZE_RELOAD_ADDRESS (ad, GET_MODE (*memrefloc), opnum, type,
4650 ind_levels, win);
4651 }
4652 break;
4653 win:
4654 *memrefloc = copy_rtx (*memrefloc);
4655 XEXP (*memrefloc, 0) = ad;
4656 move_replacements (&ad, &XEXP (*memrefloc, 0));
4657 return 1;
4658 }
4659 while (0);
4660#endif
4661
eab89b90
RK
4662 /* The address is not valid. We have to figure out why. One possibility
4663 is that it is itself a MEM. This can happen when the frame pointer is
4664 being eliminated, a pseudo is not allocated to a hard register, and the
4665 offset between the frame and stack pointers is not its initial value.
d45cf215 4666 In that case the pseudo will have been replaced by a MEM referring to
eab89b90
RK
4667 the stack pointer. */
4668 if (GET_CODE (ad) == MEM)
4669 {
4670 /* First ensure that the address in this MEM is valid. Then, unless
4671 indirect addresses are valid, reload the MEM into a register. */
4672 tem = ad;
4673 find_reloads_address (GET_MODE (ad), &tem, XEXP (ad, 0), &XEXP (ad, 0),
47c8cf91 4674 opnum, ADDR_TYPE (type),
55c22565 4675 ind_levels == 0 ? 0 : ind_levels - 1, insn);
d2555454
RS
4676
4677 /* If tem was changed, then we must create a new memory reference to
4678 hold it and store it back into memrefloc. */
4679 if (tem != ad && memrefloc)
ca3e4a2f 4680 {
ca3e4a2f 4681 *memrefloc = copy_rtx (*memrefloc);
3c80f7ed 4682 copy_replacements (tem, XEXP (*memrefloc, 0));
ca3e4a2f 4683 loc = &XEXP (*memrefloc, 0);
ca3e4a2f 4684 }
d2555454 4685
eab89b90
RK
4686 /* Check similar cases as for indirect addresses as above except
4687 that we can allow pseudos and a MEM since they should have been
4688 taken care of above. */
4689
4690 if (ind_levels == 0
4691 || (GET_CODE (XEXP (tem, 0)) == SYMBOL_REF && ! indirect_symref_ok)
4692 || GET_CODE (XEXP (tem, 0)) == MEM
4693 || ! (GET_CODE (XEXP (tem, 0)) == REG
4694 || (GET_CODE (XEXP (tem, 0)) == PLUS
4695 && GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (tem, 0), 0)) == REG
4696 && GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (tem, 0), 1)) == CONST_INT)))
4697 {
4698 /* Must use TEM here, not AD, since it is the one that will
4699 have any subexpressions reloaded, if needed. */
fb3821f7 4700 push_reload (tem, NULL_RTX, loc, NULL_PTR,
1ba61f4e
ILT
4701 reload_address_base_reg_class, GET_MODE (tem),
4702 VOIDmode, 0,
a8c9daeb 4703 0, opnum, type);
eab89b90
RK
4704 return 1;
4705 }
4706 else
4707 return 0;
4708 }
4709
1b4d2764
RK
4710 /* If we have address of a stack slot but it's not valid because the
4711 displacement is too large, compute the sum in a register.
4712 Handle all base registers here, not just fp/ap/sp, because on some
4713 targets (namely SH) we can also get too large displacements from
4714 big-endian corrections. */
eab89b90 4715 else if (GET_CODE (ad) == PLUS
1b4d2764
RK
4716 && GET_CODE (XEXP (ad, 0)) == REG
4717 && REGNO (XEXP (ad, 0)) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
858c3c8c 4718 && REG_MODE_OK_FOR_BASE_P (XEXP (ad, 0), mode)
eab89b90
RK
4719 && GET_CODE (XEXP (ad, 1)) == CONST_INT)
4720 {
4721 /* Unshare the MEM rtx so we can safely alter it. */
4722 if (memrefloc)
4723 {
eab89b90
RK
4724 *memrefloc = copy_rtx (*memrefloc);
4725 loc = &XEXP (*memrefloc, 0);
eab89b90
RK
4726 }
4727 if (double_reg_address_ok)
4728 {
4729 /* Unshare the sum as well. */
4730 *loc = ad = copy_rtx (ad);
4731 /* Reload the displacement into an index reg.
4732 We assume the frame pointer or arg pointer is a base reg. */
4733 find_reloads_address_part (XEXP (ad, 1), &XEXP (ad, 1),
1ba61f4e
ILT
4734 reload_address_index_reg_class,
4735 GET_MODE (ad), opnum, type, ind_levels);
eab89b90
RK
4736 }
4737 else
4738 {
4739 /* If the sum of two regs is not necessarily valid,
4740 reload the sum into a base reg.
4741 That will at least work. */
1ba61f4e
ILT
4742 find_reloads_address_part (ad, loc, reload_address_base_reg_class,
4743 Pmode, opnum, type, ind_levels);
eab89b90
RK
4744 }
4745 return 1;
4746 }
4747
4748 /* If we have an indexed stack slot, there are three possible reasons why
4749 it might be invalid: The index might need to be reloaded, the address
4750 might have been made by frame pointer elimination and hence have a
f302eea3 4751 constant out of range, or both reasons might apply.
eab89b90
RK
4752
4753 We can easily check for an index needing reload, but even if that is the
4754 case, we might also have an invalid constant. To avoid making the
4755 conservative assumption and requiring two reloads, we see if this address
4756 is valid when not interpreted strictly. If it is, the only problem is
4757 that the index needs a reload and find_reloads_address_1 will take care
4758 of it.
4759
4760 There is still a case when we might generate an extra reload,
4761 however. In certain cases eliminate_regs will return a MEM for a REG
4762 (see the code there for details). In those cases, memory_address_p
4763 applied to our address will return 0 so we will think that our offset
4764 must be too large. But it might indeed be valid and the only problem
4765 is that a MEM is present where a REG should be. This case should be
4766 very rare and there doesn't seem to be any way to avoid it.
4767
4768 If we decide to do something here, it must be that
4769 `double_reg_address_ok' is true and that this address rtl was made by
4770 eliminate_regs. We generate a reload of the fp/sp/ap + constant and
4771 rework the sum so that the reload register will be added to the index.
4772 This is safe because we know the address isn't shared.
4773
4774 We check for fp/ap/sp as both the first and second operand of the
4775 innermost PLUS. */
4776
4777 else if (GET_CODE (ad) == PLUS && GET_CODE (XEXP (ad, 1)) == CONST_INT
f302eea3 4778 && GET_CODE (XEXP (ad, 0)) == PLUS
eab89b90 4779 && (XEXP (XEXP (ad, 0), 0) == frame_pointer_rtx
a36d4c62
DE
4780#if FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
4781 || XEXP (XEXP (ad, 0), 0) == hard_frame_pointer_rtx
4782#endif
eab89b90
RK
4783#if FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM != ARG_POINTER_REGNUM
4784 || XEXP (XEXP (ad, 0), 0) == arg_pointer_rtx
4785#endif
4786 || XEXP (XEXP (ad, 0), 0) == stack_pointer_rtx)
4787 && ! memory_address_p (mode, ad))
4788 {
38a448ca
RH
4789 *loc = ad = gen_rtx_PLUS (GET_MODE (ad),
4790 plus_constant (XEXP (XEXP (ad, 0), 0),
4791 INTVAL (XEXP (ad, 1))),
eab89b90 4792 XEXP (XEXP (ad, 0), 1));
1ba61f4e
ILT
4793 find_reloads_address_part (XEXP (ad, 0), &XEXP (ad, 0),
4794 reload_address_base_reg_class,
a8c9daeb 4795 GET_MODE (ad), opnum, type, ind_levels);
858c3c8c 4796 find_reloads_address_1 (mode, XEXP (ad, 1), 1, &XEXP (ad, 1), opnum,
55c22565 4797 type, 0, insn);
eab89b90
RK
4798
4799 return 1;
4800 }
4801
4802 else if (GET_CODE (ad) == PLUS && GET_CODE (XEXP (ad, 1)) == CONST_INT
4803 && GET_CODE (XEXP (ad, 0)) == PLUS
4804 && (XEXP (XEXP (ad, 0), 1) == frame_pointer_rtx
a36d4c62
DE
4805#if HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM != FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
4806 || XEXP (XEXP (ad, 0), 1) == hard_frame_pointer_rtx
4807#endif
eab89b90
RK
4808#if FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM != ARG_POINTER_REGNUM
4809 || XEXP (XEXP (ad, 0), 1) == arg_pointer_rtx
4810#endif
4811 || XEXP (XEXP (ad, 0), 1) == stack_pointer_rtx)
4812 && ! memory_address_p (mode, ad))
4813 {
38a448ca
RH
4814 *loc = ad = gen_rtx_PLUS (GET_MODE (ad),
4815 XEXP (XEXP (ad, 0), 0),
4816 plus_constant (XEXP (XEXP (ad, 0), 1),
4817 INTVAL (XEXP (ad, 1))));
1ba61f4e
ILT
4818 find_reloads_address_part (XEXP (ad, 1), &XEXP (ad, 1),
4819 reload_address_base_reg_class,
a8c9daeb 4820 GET_MODE (ad), opnum, type, ind_levels);
858c3c8c 4821 find_reloads_address_1 (mode, XEXP (ad, 0), 1, &XEXP (ad, 0), opnum,
55c22565 4822 type, 0, insn);
eab89b90
RK
4823
4824 return 1;
4825 }
4826
4827 /* See if address becomes valid when an eliminable register
4828 in a sum is replaced. */
4829
4830 tem = ad;
4831 if (GET_CODE (ad) == PLUS)
4832 tem = subst_indexed_address (ad);
4833 if (tem != ad && strict_memory_address_p (mode, tem))
4834 {
4835 /* Ok, we win that way. Replace any additional eliminable
4836 registers. */
4837
4838 subst_reg_equivs_changed = 0;
4839 tem = subst_reg_equivs (tem);
4840
4841 /* Make sure that didn't make the address invalid again. */
4842
4843 if (! subst_reg_equivs_changed || strict_memory_address_p (mode, tem))
4844 {
4845 *loc = tem;
4846 return 0;
4847 }
4848 }
4849
4850 /* If constants aren't valid addresses, reload the constant address
4851 into a register. */
191b18e9 4852 if (CONSTANT_P (ad) && ! strict_memory_address_p (mode, ad))
eab89b90
RK
4853 {
4854 /* If AD is in address in the constant pool, the MEM rtx may be shared.
4855 Unshare it so we can safely alter it. */
4856 if (memrefloc && GET_CODE (ad) == SYMBOL_REF
4857 && CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (ad))
4858 {
eab89b90
RK
4859 *memrefloc = copy_rtx (*memrefloc);
4860 loc = &XEXP (*memrefloc, 0);
eab89b90
RK
4861 }
4862
1ba61f4e
ILT
4863 find_reloads_address_part (ad, loc, reload_address_base_reg_class,
4864 Pmode, opnum, type,
eab89b90
RK
4865 ind_levels);
4866 return 1;
4867 }
4868
55c22565
RK
4869 return find_reloads_address_1 (mode, ad, 0, loc, opnum, type, ind_levels,
4870 insn);
eab89b90
RK
4871}
4872\f
4873/* Find all pseudo regs appearing in AD
4874 that are eliminable in favor of equivalent values
4875 and do not have hard regs; replace them by their equivalents. */
4876
4877static rtx
4878subst_reg_equivs (ad)
4879 rtx ad;
4880{
4881 register RTX_CODE code = GET_CODE (ad);
4882 register int i;
4883 register char *fmt;
4884
4885 switch (code)
4886 {
4887 case HIGH:
4888 case CONST_INT:
4889 case CONST:
4890 case CONST_DOUBLE:
4891 case SYMBOL_REF:
4892 case LABEL_REF:
4893 case PC:
4894 case CC0:
4895 return ad;
4896
4897 case REG:
4898 {
4899 register int regno = REGNO (ad);
4900
4901 if (reg_equiv_constant[regno] != 0)
4902 {
4903 subst_reg_equivs_changed = 1;
4904 return reg_equiv_constant[regno];
4905 }
4906 }
4907 return ad;
4908
4909 case PLUS:
4910 /* Quickly dispose of a common case. */
4911 if (XEXP (ad, 0) == frame_pointer_rtx
4912 && GET_CODE (XEXP (ad, 1)) == CONST_INT)
4913 return ad;
e9a25f70
JL
4914 break;
4915
4916 default:
4917 break;
eab89b90
RK
4918 }
4919
4920 fmt = GET_RTX_FORMAT (code);
4921 for (i = GET_RTX_LENGTH (code) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
4922 if (fmt[i] == 'e')
4923 XEXP (ad, i) = subst_reg_equivs (XEXP (ad, i));
4924 return ad;
4925}
4926\f
4927/* Compute the sum of X and Y, making canonicalizations assumed in an
4928 address, namely: sum constant integers, surround the sum of two
4929 constants with a CONST, put the constant as the second operand, and
4930 group the constant on the outermost sum.
4931
4932 This routine assumes both inputs are already in canonical form. */
4933
4934rtx
4935form_sum (x, y)
4936 rtx x, y;
4937{
4938 rtx tem;
2c0623e8
RK
4939 enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (x);
4940
4941 if (mode == VOIDmode)
4942 mode = GET_MODE (y);
4943
4944 if (mode == VOIDmode)
4945 mode = Pmode;
eab89b90
RK
4946
4947 if (GET_CODE (x) == CONST_INT)
4948 return plus_constant (y, INTVAL (x));
4949 else if (GET_CODE (y) == CONST_INT)
4950 return plus_constant (x, INTVAL (y));
4951 else if (CONSTANT_P (x))
4952 tem = x, x = y, y = tem;
4953
4954 if (GET_CODE (x) == PLUS && CONSTANT_P (XEXP (x, 1)))
4955 return form_sum (XEXP (x, 0), form_sum (XEXP (x, 1), y));
4956
4957 /* Note that if the operands of Y are specified in the opposite
4958 order in the recursive calls below, infinite recursion will occur. */
d9771f62 4959 if (GET_CODE (y) == PLUS && CONSTANT_P (XEXP (y, 1)))
eab89b90
RK
4960 return form_sum (form_sum (x, XEXP (y, 0)), XEXP (y, 1));
4961
4962 /* If both constant, encapsulate sum. Otherwise, just form sum. A
4963 constant will have been placed second. */
4964 if (CONSTANT_P (x) && CONSTANT_P (y))
4965 {
4966 if (GET_CODE (x) == CONST)
4967 x = XEXP (x, 0);
4968 if (GET_CODE (y) == CONST)
4969 y = XEXP (y, 0);
4970
38a448ca 4971 return gen_rtx_CONST (VOIDmode, gen_rtx_PLUS (mode, x, y));
eab89b90
RK
4972 }
4973
38a448ca 4974 return gen_rtx_PLUS (mode, x, y);
eab89b90
RK
4975}
4976\f
4977/* If ADDR is a sum containing a pseudo register that should be
4978 replaced with a constant (from reg_equiv_constant),
4979 return the result of doing so, and also apply the associative
4980 law so that the result is more likely to be a valid address.
4981 (But it is not guaranteed to be one.)
4982
4983 Note that at most one register is replaced, even if more are
4984 replaceable. Also, we try to put the result into a canonical form
4985 so it is more likely to be a valid address.
4986
4987 In all other cases, return ADDR. */
4988
4989static rtx
4990subst_indexed_address (addr)
4991 rtx addr;
4992{
4993 rtx op0 = 0, op1 = 0, op2 = 0;
4994 rtx tem;
4995 int regno;
4996
4997 if (GET_CODE (addr) == PLUS)
4998 {
4999 /* Try to find a register to replace. */
5000 op0 = XEXP (addr, 0), op1 = XEXP (addr, 1), op2 = 0;
5001 if (GET_CODE (op0) == REG
5002 && (regno = REGNO (op0)) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
5003 && reg_renumber[regno] < 0
5004 && reg_equiv_constant[regno] != 0)
5005 op0 = reg_equiv_constant[regno];
5006 else if (GET_CODE (op1) == REG
5007 && (regno = REGNO (op1)) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
5008 && reg_renumber[regno] < 0
5009 && reg_equiv_constant[regno] != 0)
5010 op1 = reg_equiv_constant[regno];
5011 else if (GET_CODE (op0) == PLUS
5012 && (tem = subst_indexed_address (op0)) != op0)
5013 op0 = tem;
5014 else if (GET_CODE (op1) == PLUS
5015 && (tem = subst_indexed_address (op1)) != op1)
5016 op1 = tem;
5017 else
5018 return addr;
5019
5020 /* Pick out up to three things to add. */
5021 if (GET_CODE (op1) == PLUS)
5022 op2 = XEXP (op1, 1), op1 = XEXP (op1, 0);
5023 else if (GET_CODE (op0) == PLUS)
5024 op2 = op1, op1 = XEXP (op0, 1), op0 = XEXP (op0, 0);
5025
5026 /* Compute the sum. */
5027 if (op2 != 0)
5028 op1 = form_sum (op1, op2);
5029 if (op1 != 0)
5030 op0 = form_sum (op0, op1);
5031
5032 return op0;
5033 }
5034 return addr;
5035}
5036\f
858c3c8c
ILT
5037/* Record the pseudo registers we must reload into hard registers in a
5038 subexpression of a would-be memory address, X referring to a value
5039 in mode MODE. (This function is not called if the address we find
5040 is strictly valid.)
5041
eab89b90
RK
5042 CONTEXT = 1 means we are considering regs as index regs,
5043 = 0 means we are considering them as base regs.
5044
a8c9daeb 5045 OPNUM and TYPE specify the purpose of any reloads made.
eab89b90
RK
5046
5047 IND_LEVELS says how many levels of indirect addressing are
5048 supported at this point in the address.
5049
55c22565
RK
5050 INSN, if nonzero, is the insn in which we do the reload. It is used
5051 to determine if we may generate output reloads.
5052
eab89b90
RK
5053 We return nonzero if X, as a whole, is reloaded or replaced. */
5054
5055/* Note that we take shortcuts assuming that no multi-reg machine mode
5056 occurs as part of an address.
5057 Also, this is not fully machine-customizable; it works for machines
5058 such as vaxes and 68000's and 32000's, but other possible machines
5059 could have addressing modes that this does not handle right. */
5060
5061static int
55c22565 5062find_reloads_address_1 (mode, x, context, loc, opnum, type, ind_levels, insn)
858c3c8c 5063 enum machine_mode mode;
eab89b90
RK
5064 rtx x;
5065 int context;
5066 rtx *loc;
a8c9daeb
RK
5067 int opnum;
5068 enum reload_type type;
eab89b90 5069 int ind_levels;
55c22565 5070 rtx insn;
eab89b90
RK
5071{
5072 register RTX_CODE code = GET_CODE (x);
5073
a2d353e5 5074 switch (code)
eab89b90 5075 {
a2d353e5
RK
5076 case PLUS:
5077 {
5078 register rtx orig_op0 = XEXP (x, 0);
5079 register rtx orig_op1 = XEXP (x, 1);
5080 register RTX_CODE code0 = GET_CODE (orig_op0);
5081 register RTX_CODE code1 = GET_CODE (orig_op1);
5082 register rtx op0 = orig_op0;
5083 register rtx op1 = orig_op1;
5084
5085 if (GET_CODE (op0) == SUBREG)
5086 {
5087 op0 = SUBREG_REG (op0);
5088 code0 = GET_CODE (op0);
922db4bb 5089 if (code0 == REG && REGNO (op0) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
38a448ca
RH
5090 op0 = gen_rtx_REG (word_mode,
5091 REGNO (op0) + SUBREG_WORD (orig_op0));
a2d353e5 5092 }
87935f60 5093
a2d353e5
RK
5094 if (GET_CODE (op1) == SUBREG)
5095 {
5096 op1 = SUBREG_REG (op1);
5097 code1 = GET_CODE (op1);
922db4bb 5098 if (code1 == REG && REGNO (op1) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
38a448ca
RH
5099 op1 = gen_rtx_REG (GET_MODE (op1),
5100 REGNO (op1) + SUBREG_WORD (orig_op1));
a2d353e5
RK
5101 }
5102
5f8997b9
SC
5103 if (code0 == MULT || code0 == SIGN_EXTEND || code0 == TRUNCATE
5104 || code0 == ZERO_EXTEND || code1 == MEM)
a2d353e5 5105 {
858c3c8c 5106 find_reloads_address_1 (mode, orig_op0, 1, &XEXP (x, 0), opnum,
55c22565 5107 type, ind_levels, insn);
858c3c8c 5108 find_reloads_address_1 (mode, orig_op1, 0, &XEXP (x, 1), opnum,
55c22565 5109 type, ind_levels, insn);
a2d353e5
RK
5110 }
5111
5f8997b9
SC
5112 else if (code1 == MULT || code1 == SIGN_EXTEND || code1 == TRUNCATE
5113 || code1 == ZERO_EXTEND || code0 == MEM)
a2d353e5 5114 {
858c3c8c 5115 find_reloads_address_1 (mode, orig_op0, 0, &XEXP (x, 0), opnum,
55c22565 5116 type, ind_levels, insn);
858c3c8c 5117 find_reloads_address_1 (mode, orig_op1, 1, &XEXP (x, 1), opnum,
55c22565 5118 type, ind_levels, insn);
a2d353e5
RK
5119 }
5120
5121 else if (code0 == CONST_INT || code0 == CONST
5122 || code0 == SYMBOL_REF || code0 == LABEL_REF)
858c3c8c 5123 find_reloads_address_1 (mode, orig_op1, 0, &XEXP (x, 1), opnum,
55c22565 5124 type, ind_levels, insn);
a2d353e5
RK
5125
5126 else if (code1 == CONST_INT || code1 == CONST
5127 || code1 == SYMBOL_REF || code1 == LABEL_REF)
858c3c8c 5128 find_reloads_address_1 (mode, orig_op0, 0, &XEXP (x, 0), opnum,
55c22565 5129 type, ind_levels, insn);
a2d353e5
RK
5130
5131 else if (code0 == REG && code1 == REG)
5132 {
5133 if (REG_OK_FOR_INDEX_P (op0)
858c3c8c 5134 && REG_MODE_OK_FOR_BASE_P (op1, mode))
a2d353e5
RK
5135 return 0;
5136 else if (REG_OK_FOR_INDEX_P (op1)
858c3c8c 5137 && REG_MODE_OK_FOR_BASE_P (op0, mode))
a2d353e5 5138 return 0;
858c3c8c
ILT
5139 else if (REG_MODE_OK_FOR_BASE_P (op1, mode))
5140 find_reloads_address_1 (mode, orig_op0, 1, &XEXP (x, 0), opnum,
55c22565 5141 type, ind_levels, insn);
858c3c8c
ILT
5142 else if (REG_MODE_OK_FOR_BASE_P (op0, mode))
5143 find_reloads_address_1 (mode, orig_op1, 1, &XEXP (x, 1), opnum,
55c22565 5144 type, ind_levels, insn);
a2d353e5 5145 else if (REG_OK_FOR_INDEX_P (op1))
858c3c8c 5146 find_reloads_address_1 (mode, orig_op0, 0, &XEXP (x, 0), opnum,
55c22565 5147 type, ind_levels, insn);
a2d353e5 5148 else if (REG_OK_FOR_INDEX_P (op0))
858c3c8c 5149 find_reloads_address_1 (mode, orig_op1, 0, &XEXP (x, 1), opnum,
55c22565 5150 type, ind_levels, insn);
a2d353e5
RK
5151 else
5152 {
858c3c8c 5153 find_reloads_address_1 (mode, orig_op0, 1, &XEXP (x, 0), opnum,
55c22565 5154 type, ind_levels, insn);
858c3c8c 5155 find_reloads_address_1 (mode, orig_op1, 0, &XEXP (x, 1), opnum,
55c22565 5156 type, ind_levels, insn);
a2d353e5
RK
5157 }
5158 }
5159
5160 else if (code0 == REG)
5161 {
858c3c8c 5162 find_reloads_address_1 (mode, orig_op0, 1, &XEXP (x, 0), opnum,
55c22565 5163 type, ind_levels, insn);
858c3c8c 5164 find_reloads_address_1 (mode, orig_op1, 0, &XEXP (x, 1), opnum,
55c22565 5165 type, ind_levels, insn);
a2d353e5
RK
5166 }
5167
5168 else if (code1 == REG)
5169 {
858c3c8c 5170 find_reloads_address_1 (mode, orig_op1, 1, &XEXP (x, 1), opnum,
55c22565 5171 type, ind_levels, insn);
858c3c8c 5172 find_reloads_address_1 (mode, orig_op0, 0, &XEXP (x, 0), opnum,
55c22565 5173 type, ind_levels, insn);
a2d353e5
RK
5174 }
5175 }
5176
5177 return 0;
5178
5179 case POST_INC:
5180 case POST_DEC:
5181 case PRE_INC:
5182 case PRE_DEC:
eab89b90
RK
5183 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == REG)
5184 {
5185 register int regno = REGNO (XEXP (x, 0));
5186 int value = 0;
5187 rtx x_orig = x;
5188
5189 /* A register that is incremented cannot be constant! */
5190 if (regno >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
5191 && reg_equiv_constant[regno] != 0)
5192 abort ();
5193
5194 /* Handle a register that is equivalent to a memory location
5195 which cannot be addressed directly. */
5196 if (reg_equiv_address[regno] != 0)
5197 {
5198 rtx tem = make_memloc (XEXP (x, 0), regno);
4757e6a4
JW
5199 /* First reload the memory location's address.
5200 We can't use ADDR_TYPE (type) here, because we need to
5201 write back the value after reading it, hence we actually
5202 need two registers. */
eab89b90 5203 find_reloads_address (GET_MODE (tem), 0, XEXP (tem, 0),
4757e6a4 5204 &XEXP (tem, 0), opnum, type,
55c22565 5205 ind_levels, insn);
eab89b90 5206 /* Put this inside a new increment-expression. */
38a448ca 5207 x = gen_rtx_fmt_e (GET_CODE (x), GET_MODE (x), tem);
eab89b90
RK
5208 /* Proceed to reload that, as if it contained a register. */
5209 }
5210
5211 /* If we have a hard register that is ok as an index,
5212 don't make a reload. If an autoincrement of a nice register
5213 isn't "valid", it must be that no autoincrement is "valid".
5214 If that is true and something made an autoincrement anyway,
5215 this must be a special context where one is allowed.
5216 (For example, a "push" instruction.)
5217 We can't improve this address, so leave it alone. */
5218
5219 /* Otherwise, reload the autoincrement into a suitable hard reg
5220 and record how much to increment by. */
5221
5222 if (reg_renumber[regno] >= 0)
5223 regno = reg_renumber[regno];
5224 if ((regno >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
5225 || !(context ? REGNO_OK_FOR_INDEX_P (regno)
858c3c8c 5226 : REGNO_MODE_OK_FOR_BASE_P (regno, mode))))
eab89b90 5227 {
29a82058 5228#ifdef AUTO_INC_DEC
eab89b90 5229 register rtx link;
29a82058 5230#endif
55c22565
RK
5231 int reloadnum;
5232
5233 /* If we can output the register afterwards, do so, this
5234 saves the extra update.
5235 We can do so if we have an INSN - i.e. no JUMP_INSN nor
5236 CALL_INSN - and it does not set CC0.
5237 But don't do this if we cannot directly address the
5238 memory location, since this will make it harder to
956d6950 5239 reuse address reloads, and increases register pressure.
55c22565
RK
5240 Also don't do this if we can probably update x directly. */
5241 rtx equiv = reg_equiv_mem[regno];
5242 int icode = (int) add_optab->handlers[(int) Pmode].insn_code;
5243 if (insn && GET_CODE (insn) == INSN && equiv
5244#ifdef HAVE_cc0
5245 && ! sets_cc0_p (PATTERN (insn))
5246#endif
5247 && ! (icode != CODE_FOR_nothing
5248 && (*insn_operand_predicate[icode][0]) (equiv, Pmode)
5249 && (*insn_operand_predicate[icode][1]) (equiv, Pmode)))
5250 {
5251 loc = &XEXP (x, 0);
5252 x = XEXP (x, 0);
5253 reloadnum
5254 = push_reload (x, x, loc, loc,
5255 (context
5256 ? reload_address_index_reg_class
5257 : reload_address_base_reg_class),
e9a25f70 5258 GET_MODE (x), GET_MODE (x), 0, 0,
55c22565
RK
5259 opnum, RELOAD_OTHER);
5260 }
5261 else
5262 {
5263 reloadnum
5264 = push_reload (x, NULL_RTX, loc, NULL_PTR,
5265 (context
5266 ? reload_address_index_reg_class
5267 : reload_address_base_reg_class),
e9a25f70 5268 GET_MODE (x), GET_MODE (x), 0, 0,
55c22565
RK
5269 opnum, type);
5270 reload_inc[reloadnum]
5271 = find_inc_amount (PATTERN (this_insn), XEXP (x_orig, 0));
5272
5273 value = 1;
5274 }
eab89b90
RK
5275
5276#ifdef AUTO_INC_DEC
5277 /* Update the REG_INC notes. */
5278
5279 for (link = REG_NOTES (this_insn);
5280 link; link = XEXP (link, 1))
5281 if (REG_NOTE_KIND (link) == REG_INC
5282 && REGNO (XEXP (link, 0)) == REGNO (XEXP (x_orig, 0)))
5283 push_replacement (&XEXP (link, 0), reloadnum, VOIDmode);
5284#endif
5285 }
5286 return value;
5287 }
a2d353e5 5288
eab89b90
RK
5289 else if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == MEM)
5290 {
5291 /* This is probably the result of a substitution, by eliminate_regs,
5292 of an equivalent address for a pseudo that was not allocated to a
5293 hard register. Verify that the specified address is valid and
5294 reload it into a register. */
5295 rtx tem = XEXP (x, 0);
5296 register rtx link;
5297 int reloadnum;
5298
5299 /* Since we know we are going to reload this item, don't decrement
5300 for the indirection level.
5301
5302 Note that this is actually conservative: it would be slightly
5303 more efficient to use the value of SPILL_INDIRECT_LEVELS from
5304 reload1.c here. */
4757e6a4
JW
5305 /* We can't use ADDR_TYPE (type) here, because we need to
5306 write back the value after reading it, hence we actually
5307 need two registers. */
eab89b90
RK
5308 find_reloads_address (GET_MODE (x), &XEXP (x, 0),
5309 XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 0), &XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 0),
55c22565 5310 opnum, type, ind_levels, insn);
eab89b90 5311
fb3821f7 5312 reloadnum = push_reload (x, NULL_RTX, loc, NULL_PTR,
1ba61f4e
ILT
5313 (context
5314 ? reload_address_index_reg_class
5315 : reload_address_base_reg_class),
a8c9daeb 5316 GET_MODE (x), VOIDmode, 0, 0, opnum, type);
eab89b90
RK
5317 reload_inc[reloadnum]
5318 = find_inc_amount (PATTERN (this_insn), XEXP (x, 0));
5319
5320 link = FIND_REG_INC_NOTE (this_insn, tem);
5321 if (link != 0)
5322 push_replacement (&XEXP (link, 0), reloadnum, VOIDmode);
5323
5324 return 1;
5325 }
a2d353e5
RK
5326 return 0;
5327
5328 case MEM:
5329 /* This is probably the result of a substitution, by eliminate_regs, of
5330 an equivalent address for a pseudo that was not allocated to a hard
5331 register. Verify that the specified address is valid and reload it
5332 into a register.
eab89b90 5333
a2d353e5
RK
5334 Since we know we are going to reload this item, don't decrement for
5335 the indirection level.
eab89b90
RK
5336
5337 Note that this is actually conservative: it would be slightly more
5338 efficient to use the value of SPILL_INDIRECT_LEVELS from
5339 reload1.c here. */
5340
5341 find_reloads_address (GET_MODE (x), loc, XEXP (x, 0), &XEXP (x, 0),
55c22565 5342 opnum, ADDR_TYPE (type), ind_levels, insn);
fb3821f7 5343 push_reload (*loc, NULL_RTX, loc, NULL_PTR,
1ba61f4e
ILT
5344 (context ? reload_address_index_reg_class
5345 : reload_address_base_reg_class),
a8c9daeb 5346 GET_MODE (x), VOIDmode, 0, 0, opnum, type);
eab89b90 5347 return 1;
eab89b90 5348
a2d353e5
RK
5349 case REG:
5350 {
5351 register int regno = REGNO (x);
5352
5353 if (reg_equiv_constant[regno] != 0)
5354 {
5355 find_reloads_address_part (reg_equiv_constant[regno], loc,
1ba61f4e
ILT
5356 (context
5357 ? reload_address_index_reg_class
5358 : reload_address_base_reg_class),
a2d353e5
RK
5359 GET_MODE (x), opnum, type, ind_levels);
5360 return 1;
5361 }
eab89b90
RK
5362
5363#if 0 /* This might screw code in reload1.c to delete prior output-reload
5364 that feeds this insn. */
a2d353e5
RK
5365 if (reg_equiv_mem[regno] != 0)
5366 {
5367 push_reload (reg_equiv_mem[regno], NULL_RTX, loc, NULL_PTR,
1ba61f4e
ILT
5368 (context
5369 ? reload_address_index_reg_class
5370 : reload_address_base_reg_class),
a2d353e5
RK
5371 GET_MODE (x), VOIDmode, 0, 0, opnum, type);
5372 return 1;
5373 }
eab89b90 5374#endif
eab89b90 5375
a2d353e5
RK
5376 if (reg_equiv_address[regno] != 0)
5377 {
5378 x = make_memloc (x, regno);
5379 find_reloads_address (GET_MODE (x), 0, XEXP (x, 0), &XEXP (x, 0),
55c22565 5380 opnum, ADDR_TYPE (type), ind_levels, insn);
a2d353e5 5381 }
eab89b90 5382
a2d353e5
RK
5383 if (reg_renumber[regno] >= 0)
5384 regno = reg_renumber[regno];
5385
5386 if ((regno >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
5387 || !(context ? REGNO_OK_FOR_INDEX_P (regno)
858c3c8c 5388 : REGNO_MODE_OK_FOR_BASE_P (regno, mode))))
a2d353e5
RK
5389 {
5390 push_reload (x, NULL_RTX, loc, NULL_PTR,
1ba61f4e
ILT
5391 (context
5392 ? reload_address_index_reg_class
5393 : reload_address_base_reg_class),
a2d353e5
RK
5394 GET_MODE (x), VOIDmode, 0, 0, opnum, type);
5395 return 1;
5396 }
5397
5398 /* If a register appearing in an address is the subject of a CLOBBER
5399 in this insn, reload it into some other register to be safe.
5400 The CLOBBER is supposed to make the register unavailable
5401 from before this insn to after it. */
5402 if (regno_clobbered_p (regno, this_insn))
5403 {
5404 push_reload (x, NULL_RTX, loc, NULL_PTR,
1ba61f4e
ILT
5405 (context
5406 ? reload_address_index_reg_class
5407 : reload_address_base_reg_class),
a2d353e5
RK
5408 GET_MODE (x), VOIDmode, 0, 0, opnum, type);
5409 return 1;
5410 }
5411 }
5412 return 0;
5413
5414 case SUBREG:
922db4bb 5415 if (GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (x)) == REG)
eab89b90 5416 {
922db4bb
RK
5417 /* If this is a SUBREG of a hard register and the resulting register
5418 is of the wrong class, reload the whole SUBREG. This avoids
5419 needless copies if SUBREG_REG is multi-word. */
5420 if (REGNO (SUBREG_REG (x)) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
5421 {
5422 int regno = REGNO (SUBREG_REG (x)) + SUBREG_WORD (x);
a2d353e5 5423
922db4bb 5424 if (! (context ? REGNO_OK_FOR_INDEX_P (regno)
858c3c8c 5425 : REGNO_MODE_OK_FOR_BASE_P (regno, mode)))
922db4bb
RK
5426 {
5427 push_reload (x, NULL_RTX, loc, NULL_PTR,
1ba61f4e
ILT
5428 (context
5429 ? reload_address_index_reg_class
5430 : reload_address_base_reg_class),
922db4bb
RK
5431 GET_MODE (x), VOIDmode, 0, 0, opnum, type);
5432 return 1;
5433 }
5434 }
abc95ed3 5435 /* If this is a SUBREG of a pseudo-register, and the pseudo-register
922db4bb
RK
5436 is larger than the class size, then reload the whole SUBREG. */
5437 else
a2d353e5 5438 {
922db4bb 5439 enum reg_class class = (context
1ba61f4e
ILT
5440 ? reload_address_index_reg_class
5441 : reload_address_base_reg_class);
922db4bb
RK
5442 if (CLASS_MAX_NREGS (class, GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (x)))
5443 > reg_class_size[class])
5444 {
5445 push_reload (x, NULL_RTX, loc, NULL_PTR, class,
5446 GET_MODE (x), VOIDmode, 0, 0, opnum, type);
5447 return 1;
5448 }
a2d353e5 5449 }
eab89b90 5450 }
a2d353e5 5451 break;
e9a25f70
JL
5452
5453 default:
5454 break;
eab89b90
RK
5455 }
5456
a2d353e5
RK
5457 {
5458 register char *fmt = GET_RTX_FORMAT (code);
5459 register int i;
5460
5461 for (i = GET_RTX_LENGTH (code) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
5462 {
5463 if (fmt[i] == 'e')
858c3c8c 5464 find_reloads_address_1 (mode, XEXP (x, i), context, &XEXP (x, i),
55c22565 5465 opnum, type, ind_levels, insn);
a2d353e5
RK
5466 }
5467 }
5468
eab89b90
RK
5469 return 0;
5470}
5471\f
5472/* X, which is found at *LOC, is a part of an address that needs to be
5473 reloaded into a register of class CLASS. If X is a constant, or if
5474 X is a PLUS that contains a constant, check that the constant is a
5475 legitimate operand and that we are supposed to be able to load
5476 it into the register.
5477
5478 If not, force the constant into memory and reload the MEM instead.
5479
5480 MODE is the mode to use, in case X is an integer constant.
5481
a8c9daeb 5482 OPNUM and TYPE describe the purpose of any reloads made.
eab89b90
RK
5483
5484 IND_LEVELS says how many levels of indirect addressing this machine
5485 supports. */
5486
5487static void
a8c9daeb 5488find_reloads_address_part (x, loc, class, mode, opnum, type, ind_levels)
eab89b90
RK
5489 rtx x;
5490 rtx *loc;
5491 enum reg_class class;
5492 enum machine_mode mode;
a8c9daeb
RK
5493 int opnum;
5494 enum reload_type type;
eab89b90
RK
5495 int ind_levels;
5496{
5497 if (CONSTANT_P (x)
5498 && (! LEGITIMATE_CONSTANT_P (x)
5499 || PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS (x, class) == NO_REGS))
5500 {
5501 rtx tem = x = force_const_mem (mode, x);
5502 find_reloads_address (mode, &tem, XEXP (tem, 0), &XEXP (tem, 0),
55c22565 5503 opnum, type, ind_levels, 0);
eab89b90
RK
5504 }
5505
5506 else if (GET_CODE (x) == PLUS
5507 && CONSTANT_P (XEXP (x, 1))
5508 && (! LEGITIMATE_CONSTANT_P (XEXP (x, 1))
5509 || PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS (XEXP (x, 1), class) == NO_REGS))
5510 {
5511 rtx tem = force_const_mem (GET_MODE (x), XEXP (x, 1));
5512
38a448ca 5513 x = gen_rtx_PLUS (GET_MODE (x), XEXP (x, 0), tem);
eab89b90 5514 find_reloads_address (mode, &tem, XEXP (tem, 0), &XEXP (tem, 0),
55c22565 5515 opnum, type, ind_levels, 0);
eab89b90
RK
5516 }
5517
fb3821f7 5518 push_reload (x, NULL_RTX, loc, NULL_PTR, class,
a8c9daeb 5519 mode, VOIDmode, 0, 0, opnum, type);
eab89b90
RK
5520}
5521\f
a8c9daeb 5522/* Substitute into the current INSN the registers into which we have reloaded
eab89b90
RK
5523 the things that need reloading. The array `replacements'
5524 says contains the locations of all pointers that must be changed
5525 and says what to replace them with.
5526
5527 Return the rtx that X translates into; usually X, but modified. */
5528
5529void
5530subst_reloads ()
5531{
5532 register int i;
5533
5534 for (i = 0; i < n_replacements; i++)
5535 {
5536 register struct replacement *r = &replacements[i];
5537 register rtx reloadreg = reload_reg_rtx[r->what];
5538 if (reloadreg)
5539 {
5540 /* Encapsulate RELOADREG so its machine mode matches what
26f1a00e
RK
5541 used to be there. Note that gen_lowpart_common will
5542 do the wrong thing if RELOADREG is multi-word. RELOADREG
5543 will always be a REG here. */
eab89b90 5544 if (GET_MODE (reloadreg) != r->mode && r->mode != VOIDmode)
38a448ca 5545 reloadreg = gen_rtx_REG (r->mode, REGNO (reloadreg));
eab89b90
RK
5546
5547 /* If we are putting this into a SUBREG and RELOADREG is a
5548 SUBREG, we would be making nested SUBREGs, so we have to fix
5549 this up. Note that r->where == &SUBREG_REG (*r->subreg_loc). */
5550
5551 if (r->subreg_loc != 0 && GET_CODE (reloadreg) == SUBREG)
5552 {
5553 if (GET_MODE (*r->subreg_loc)
5554 == GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (reloadreg)))
5555 *r->subreg_loc = SUBREG_REG (reloadreg);
5556 else
5557 {
5558 *r->where = SUBREG_REG (reloadreg);
5559 SUBREG_WORD (*r->subreg_loc) += SUBREG_WORD (reloadreg);
5560 }
5561 }
5562 else
5563 *r->where = reloadreg;
5564 }
5565 /* If reload got no reg and isn't optional, something's wrong. */
5566 else if (! reload_optional[r->what])
5567 abort ();
5568 }
5569}
5570\f
5571/* Make a copy of any replacements being done into X and move those copies
5572 to locations in Y, a copy of X. We only look at the highest level of
5573 the RTL. */
5574
5575void
5576copy_replacements (x, y)
5577 rtx x;
5578 rtx y;
5579{
5580 int i, j;
5581 enum rtx_code code = GET_CODE (x);
5582 char *fmt = GET_RTX_FORMAT (code);
5583 struct replacement *r;
5584
5585 /* We can't support X being a SUBREG because we might then need to know its
5586 location if something inside it was replaced. */
5587 if (code == SUBREG)
5588 abort ();
5589
5590 for (i = GET_RTX_LENGTH (code) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
5591 if (fmt[i] == 'e')
5592 for (j = 0; j < n_replacements; j++)
5593 {
5594 if (replacements[j].subreg_loc == &XEXP (x, i))
5595 {
5596 r = &replacements[n_replacements++];
5597 r->where = replacements[j].where;
5598 r->subreg_loc = &XEXP (y, i);
5599 r->what = replacements[j].what;
5600 r->mode = replacements[j].mode;
5601 }
5602 else if (replacements[j].where == &XEXP (x, i))
5603 {
5604 r = &replacements[n_replacements++];
5605 r->where = &XEXP (y, i);
5606 r->subreg_loc = 0;
5607 r->what = replacements[j].what;
5608 r->mode = replacements[j].mode;
5609 }
5610 }
5611}
a9a2595b
JR
5612
5613/* Change any replacements being done to *X to be done to *Y */
5614
5615void
5616move_replacements (x, y)
5617 rtx *x;
5618 rtx *y;
5619{
5620 int i;
5621
5622 for (i = 0; i < n_replacements; i++)
5623 if (replacements[i].subreg_loc == x)
5624 replacements[i].subreg_loc = y;
5625 else if (replacements[i].where == x)
5626 {
5627 replacements[i].where = y;
5628 replacements[i].subreg_loc = 0;
5629 }
5630}
eab89b90 5631\f
af929c62
RK
5632/* If LOC was scheduled to be replaced by something, return the replacement.
5633 Otherwise, return *LOC. */
5634
5635rtx
5636find_replacement (loc)
5637 rtx *loc;
5638{
5639 struct replacement *r;
5640
5641 for (r = &replacements[0]; r < &replacements[n_replacements]; r++)
5642 {
5643 rtx reloadreg = reload_reg_rtx[r->what];
5644
5645 if (reloadreg && r->where == loc)
5646 {
5647 if (r->mode != VOIDmode && GET_MODE (reloadreg) != r->mode)
38a448ca 5648 reloadreg = gen_rtx_REG (r->mode, REGNO (reloadreg));
af929c62
RK
5649
5650 return reloadreg;
5651 }
5652 else if (reloadreg && r->subreg_loc == loc)
5653 {
5654 /* RELOADREG must be either a REG or a SUBREG.
5655
5656 ??? Is it actually still ever a SUBREG? If so, why? */
5657
5658 if (GET_CODE (reloadreg) == REG)
38a448ca
RH
5659 return gen_rtx_REG (GET_MODE (*loc),
5660 REGNO (reloadreg) + SUBREG_WORD (*loc));
af929c62
RK
5661 else if (GET_MODE (reloadreg) == GET_MODE (*loc))
5662 return reloadreg;
5663 else
38a448ca
RH
5664 return gen_rtx_SUBREG (GET_MODE (*loc), SUBREG_REG (reloadreg),
5665 SUBREG_WORD (reloadreg) + SUBREG_WORD (*loc));
af929c62
RK
5666 }
5667 }
5668
956d6950
JL
5669 /* If *LOC is a PLUS, MINUS, or MULT, see if a replacement is scheduled for
5670 what's inside and make a new rtl if so. */
5671 if (GET_CODE (*loc) == PLUS || GET_CODE (*loc) == MINUS
5672 || GET_CODE (*loc) == MULT)
5673 {
5674 rtx x = find_replacement (&XEXP (*loc, 0));
5675 rtx y = find_replacement (&XEXP (*loc, 1));
5676
5677 if (x != XEXP (*loc, 0) || y != XEXP (*loc, 1))
38a448ca 5678 return gen_rtx_fmt_ee (GET_CODE (*loc), GET_MODE (*loc), x, y);
956d6950
JL
5679 }
5680
af929c62
RK
5681 return *loc;
5682}
5683\f
eab89b90
RK
5684/* Return nonzero if register in range [REGNO, ENDREGNO)
5685 appears either explicitly or implicitly in X
4644aad4 5686 other than being stored into (except for earlyclobber operands).
eab89b90
RK
5687
5688 References contained within the substructure at LOC do not count.
5689 LOC may be zero, meaning don't ignore anything.
5690
5691 This is similar to refers_to_regno_p in rtlanal.c except that we
5692 look at equivalences for pseudos that didn't get hard registers. */
5693
5694int
5695refers_to_regno_for_reload_p (regno, endregno, x, loc)
5696 int regno, endregno;
5697 rtx x;
5698 rtx *loc;
5699{
5700 register int i;
5701 register RTX_CODE code;
5702 register char *fmt;
5703
5704 if (x == 0)
5705 return 0;
5706
5707 repeat:
5708 code = GET_CODE (x);
5709
5710 switch (code)
5711 {
5712 case REG:
5713 i = REGNO (x);
5714
4803a34a
RK
5715 /* If this is a pseudo, a hard register must not have been allocated.
5716 X must therefore either be a constant or be in memory. */
5717 if (i >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
5718 {
5719 if (reg_equiv_memory_loc[i])
5720 return refers_to_regno_for_reload_p (regno, endregno,
fb3821f7
CH
5721 reg_equiv_memory_loc[i],
5722 NULL_PTR);
4803a34a
RK
5723
5724 if (reg_equiv_constant[i])
5725 return 0;
5726
5727 abort ();
5728 }
eab89b90
RK
5729
5730 return (endregno > i
5731 && regno < i + (i < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
5732 ? HARD_REGNO_NREGS (i, GET_MODE (x))
5733 : 1));
5734
5735 case SUBREG:
5736 /* If this is a SUBREG of a hard reg, we can see exactly which
5737 registers are being modified. Otherwise, handle normally. */
5738 if (GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (x)) == REG
5739 && REGNO (SUBREG_REG (x)) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
5740 {
5741 int inner_regno = REGNO (SUBREG_REG (x)) + SUBREG_WORD (x);
5742 int inner_endregno
5743 = inner_regno + (inner_regno < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
5744 ? HARD_REGNO_NREGS (regno, GET_MODE (x)) : 1);
5745
5746 return endregno > inner_regno && regno < inner_endregno;
5747 }
5748 break;
5749
5750 case CLOBBER:
5751 case SET:
5752 if (&SET_DEST (x) != loc
5753 /* Note setting a SUBREG counts as referring to the REG it is in for
5754 a pseudo but not for hard registers since we can
5755 treat each word individually. */
5756 && ((GET_CODE (SET_DEST (x)) == SUBREG
5757 && loc != &SUBREG_REG (SET_DEST (x))
5758 && GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (SET_DEST (x))) == REG
5759 && REGNO (SUBREG_REG (SET_DEST (x))) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
5760 && refers_to_regno_for_reload_p (regno, endregno,
5761 SUBREG_REG (SET_DEST (x)),
5762 loc))
abc95ed3 5763 /* If the output is an earlyclobber operand, this is
4644aad4
RK
5764 a conflict. */
5765 || ((GET_CODE (SET_DEST (x)) != REG
5766 || earlyclobber_operand_p (SET_DEST (x)))
eab89b90
RK
5767 && refers_to_regno_for_reload_p (regno, endregno,
5768 SET_DEST (x), loc))))
5769 return 1;
5770
5771 if (code == CLOBBER || loc == &SET_SRC (x))
5772 return 0;
5773 x = SET_SRC (x);
5774 goto repeat;
e9a25f70
JL
5775
5776 default:
5777 break;
eab89b90
RK
5778 }
5779
5780 /* X does not match, so try its subexpressions. */
5781
5782 fmt = GET_RTX_FORMAT (code);
5783 for (i = GET_RTX_LENGTH (code) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
5784 {
5785 if (fmt[i] == 'e' && loc != &XEXP (x, i))
5786 {
5787 if (i == 0)
5788 {
5789 x = XEXP (x, 0);
5790 goto repeat;
5791 }
5792 else
5793 if (refers_to_regno_for_reload_p (regno, endregno,
5794 XEXP (x, i), loc))
5795 return 1;
5796 }
5797 else if (fmt[i] == 'E')
5798 {
5799 register int j;
5800 for (j = XVECLEN (x, i) - 1; j >=0; j--)
5801 if (loc != &XVECEXP (x, i, j)
5802 && refers_to_regno_for_reload_p (regno, endregno,
5803 XVECEXP (x, i, j), loc))
5804 return 1;
5805 }
5806 }
5807 return 0;
5808}
bfa30b22
RK
5809
5810/* Nonzero if modifying X will affect IN. If X is a register or a SUBREG,
5811 we check if any register number in X conflicts with the relevant register
5812 numbers. If X is a constant, return 0. If X is a MEM, return 1 iff IN
5813 contains a MEM (we don't bother checking for memory addresses that can't
5814 conflict because we expect this to be a rare case.
5815
5816 This function is similar to reg_overlap_mention_p in rtlanal.c except
5817 that we look at equivalences for pseudos that didn't get hard registers. */
5818
5819int
5820reg_overlap_mentioned_for_reload_p (x, in)
5821 rtx x, in;
5822{
5823 int regno, endregno;
5824
5825 if (GET_CODE (x) == SUBREG)
5826 {
5827 regno = REGNO (SUBREG_REG (x));
5828 if (regno < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
5829 regno += SUBREG_WORD (x);
5830 }
5831 else if (GET_CODE (x) == REG)
5832 {
5833 regno = REGNO (x);
4803a34a
RK
5834
5835 /* If this is a pseudo, it must not have been assigned a hard register.
5836 Therefore, it must either be in memory or be a constant. */
5837
5838 if (regno >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
5839 {
5840 if (reg_equiv_memory_loc[regno])
5841 return refers_to_mem_for_reload_p (in);
5842 else if (reg_equiv_constant[regno])
5843 return 0;
5844 abort ();
5845 }
bfa30b22
RK
5846 }
5847 else if (CONSTANT_P (x))
5848 return 0;
5849 else if (GET_CODE (x) == MEM)
4803a34a 5850 return refers_to_mem_for_reload_p (in);
bfa30b22
RK
5851 else if (GET_CODE (x) == SCRATCH || GET_CODE (x) == PC
5852 || GET_CODE (x) == CC0)
5853 return reg_mentioned_p (x, in);
5854 else
5855 abort ();
5856
5857 endregno = regno + (regno < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
5858 ? HARD_REGNO_NREGS (regno, GET_MODE (x)) : 1);
5859
fb3821f7 5860 return refers_to_regno_for_reload_p (regno, endregno, in, NULL_PTR);
bfa30b22 5861}
4803a34a
RK
5862
5863/* Return nonzero if anything in X contains a MEM. Look also for pseudo
5864 registers. */
5865
5866int
5867refers_to_mem_for_reload_p (x)
5868 rtx x;
5869{
5870 char *fmt;
5871 int i;
5872
5873 if (GET_CODE (x) == MEM)
5874 return 1;
5875
5876 if (GET_CODE (x) == REG)
5877 return (REGNO (x) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
5878 && reg_equiv_memory_loc[REGNO (x)]);
5879
5880 fmt = GET_RTX_FORMAT (GET_CODE (x));
5881 for (i = GET_RTX_LENGTH (GET_CODE (x)) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
5882 if (fmt[i] == 'e'
5883 && (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, i)) == MEM
5884 || refers_to_mem_for_reload_p (XEXP (x, i))))
5885 return 1;
5886
5887 return 0;
5888}
eab89b90 5889\f
eab89b90
RK
5890/* Check the insns before INSN to see if there is a suitable register
5891 containing the same value as GOAL.
5892 If OTHER is -1, look for a register in class CLASS.
5893 Otherwise, just see if register number OTHER shares GOAL's value.
5894
5895 Return an rtx for the register found, or zero if none is found.
5896
5897 If RELOAD_REG_P is (short *)1,
5898 we reject any hard reg that appears in reload_reg_rtx
5899 because such a hard reg is also needed coming into this insn.
5900
5901 If RELOAD_REG_P is any other nonzero value,
5902 it is a vector indexed by hard reg number
5903 and we reject any hard reg whose element in the vector is nonnegative
5904 as well as any that appears in reload_reg_rtx.
5905
5906 If GOAL is zero, then GOALREG is a register number; we look
5907 for an equivalent for that register.
5908
5909 MODE is the machine mode of the value we want an equivalence for.
5910 If GOAL is nonzero and not VOIDmode, then it must have mode MODE.
5911
5912 This function is used by jump.c as well as in the reload pass.
5913
5914 If GOAL is the sum of the stack pointer and a constant, we treat it
5915 as if it were a constant except that sp is required to be unchanging. */
5916
5917rtx
5918find_equiv_reg (goal, insn, class, other, reload_reg_p, goalreg, mode)
5919 register rtx goal;
5920 rtx insn;
5921 enum reg_class class;
5922 register int other;
5923 short *reload_reg_p;
5924 int goalreg;
5925 enum machine_mode mode;
5926{
5927 register rtx p = insn;
f55b1d97 5928 rtx goaltry, valtry, value, where;
eab89b90
RK
5929 register rtx pat;
5930 register int regno = -1;
5931 int valueno;
5932 int goal_mem = 0;
5933 int goal_const = 0;
5934 int goal_mem_addr_varies = 0;
5935 int need_stable_sp = 0;
5936 int nregs;
5937 int valuenregs;
5938
5939 if (goal == 0)
5940 regno = goalreg;
5941 else if (GET_CODE (goal) == REG)
5942 regno = REGNO (goal);
5943 else if (GET_CODE (goal) == MEM)
5944 {
5945 enum rtx_code code = GET_CODE (XEXP (goal, 0));
5946 if (MEM_VOLATILE_P (goal))
5947 return 0;
5948 if (flag_float_store && GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (goal)) == MODE_FLOAT)
5949 return 0;
5950 /* An address with side effects must be reexecuted. */
5951 switch (code)
5952 {
5953 case POST_INC:
5954 case PRE_INC:
5955 case POST_DEC:
5956 case PRE_DEC:
5957 return 0;
e9a25f70
JL
5958 default:
5959 break;
eab89b90
RK
5960 }
5961 goal_mem = 1;
5962 }
5963 else if (CONSTANT_P (goal))
5964 goal_const = 1;
5965 else if (GET_CODE (goal) == PLUS
5966 && XEXP (goal, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx
5967 && CONSTANT_P (XEXP (goal, 1)))
5968 goal_const = need_stable_sp = 1;
812f2051
R
5969 else if (GET_CODE (goal) == PLUS
5970 && XEXP (goal, 0) == frame_pointer_rtx
5971 && CONSTANT_P (XEXP (goal, 1)))
5972 goal_const = 1;
eab89b90
RK
5973 else
5974 return 0;
5975
5976 /* On some machines, certain regs must always be rejected
5977 because they don't behave the way ordinary registers do. */
5978
5979#ifdef OVERLAPPING_REGNO_P
5980 if (regno >= 0 && regno < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
5981 && OVERLAPPING_REGNO_P (regno))
5982 return 0;
5983#endif
5984
5985 /* Scan insns back from INSN, looking for one that copies
5986 a value into or out of GOAL.
5987 Stop and give up if we reach a label. */
5988
5989 while (1)
5990 {
5991 p = PREV_INSN (p);
5992 if (p == 0 || GET_CODE (p) == CODE_LABEL)
5993 return 0;
5994 if (GET_CODE (p) == INSN
0f41302f 5995 /* If we don't want spill regs ... */
a8c9daeb
RK
5996 && (! (reload_reg_p != 0
5997 && reload_reg_p != (short *) (HOST_WIDE_INT) 1)
eab89b90
RK
5998 /* ... then ignore insns introduced by reload; they aren't useful
5999 and can cause results in reload_as_needed to be different
6000 from what they were when calculating the need for spills.
6001 If we notice an input-reload insn here, we will reject it below,
6002 but it might hide a usable equivalent. That makes bad code.
6003 It may even abort: perhaps no reg was spilled for this insn
6004 because it was assumed we would find that equivalent. */
6005 || INSN_UID (p) < reload_first_uid))
6006 {
e8094962 6007 rtx tem;
eab89b90
RK
6008 pat = single_set (p);
6009 /* First check for something that sets some reg equal to GOAL. */
6010 if (pat != 0
6011 && ((regno >= 0
6012 && true_regnum (SET_SRC (pat)) == regno
6013 && (valueno = true_regnum (valtry = SET_DEST (pat))) >= 0)
6014 ||
6015 (regno >= 0
6016 && true_regnum (SET_DEST (pat)) == regno
6017 && (valueno = true_regnum (valtry = SET_SRC (pat))) >= 0)
6018 ||
6019 (goal_const && rtx_equal_p (SET_SRC (pat), goal)
6020 && (valueno = true_regnum (valtry = SET_DEST (pat))) >= 0)
6021 || (goal_mem
6022 && (valueno = true_regnum (valtry = SET_DEST (pat))) >= 0
6023 && rtx_renumbered_equal_p (goal, SET_SRC (pat)))
6024 || (goal_mem
6025 && (valueno = true_regnum (valtry = SET_SRC (pat))) >= 0
e8094962
RK
6026 && rtx_renumbered_equal_p (goal, SET_DEST (pat)))
6027 /* If we are looking for a constant,
6028 and something equivalent to that constant was copied
6029 into a reg, we can use that reg. */
fb3821f7
CH
6030 || (goal_const && (tem = find_reg_note (p, REG_EQUIV,
6031 NULL_RTX))
e8094962 6032 && rtx_equal_p (XEXP (tem, 0), goal)
95d3562b 6033 && (valueno = true_regnum (valtry = SET_DEST (pat))) >= 0)
fb3821f7
CH
6034 || (goal_const && (tem = find_reg_note (p, REG_EQUIV,
6035 NULL_RTX))
e8094962
RK
6036 && GET_CODE (SET_DEST (pat)) == REG
6037 && GET_CODE (XEXP (tem, 0)) == CONST_DOUBLE
6038 && GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (XEXP (tem, 0))) == MODE_FLOAT
6039 && GET_CODE (goal) == CONST_INT
f55b1d97
RK
6040 && 0 != (goaltry = operand_subword (XEXP (tem, 0), 0, 0,
6041 VOIDmode))
6042 && rtx_equal_p (goal, goaltry)
e8094962
RK
6043 && (valtry = operand_subword (SET_DEST (pat), 0, 0,
6044 VOIDmode))
95d3562b 6045 && (valueno = true_regnum (valtry)) >= 0)
fb3821f7
CH
6046 || (goal_const && (tem = find_reg_note (p, REG_EQUIV,
6047 NULL_RTX))
e8094962
RK
6048 && GET_CODE (SET_DEST (pat)) == REG
6049 && GET_CODE (XEXP (tem, 0)) == CONST_DOUBLE
6050 && GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (XEXP (tem, 0))) == MODE_FLOAT
6051 && GET_CODE (goal) == CONST_INT
f55b1d97
RK
6052 && 0 != (goaltry = operand_subword (XEXP (tem, 0), 1, 0,
6053 VOIDmode))
6054 && rtx_equal_p (goal, goaltry)
e8094962
RK
6055 && (valtry
6056 = operand_subword (SET_DEST (pat), 1, 0, VOIDmode))
95d3562b 6057 && (valueno = true_regnum (valtry)) >= 0)))
eab89b90
RK
6058 if (other >= 0
6059 ? valueno == other
6060 : ((unsigned) valueno < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
6061 && TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reg_class_contents[(int) class],
6062 valueno)))
6063 {
6064 value = valtry;
6065 where = p;
6066 break;
6067 }
6068 }
6069 }
6070
6071 /* We found a previous insn copying GOAL into a suitable other reg VALUE
6072 (or copying VALUE into GOAL, if GOAL is also a register).
6073 Now verify that VALUE is really valid. */
6074
6075 /* VALUENO is the register number of VALUE; a hard register. */
6076
6077 /* Don't try to re-use something that is killed in this insn. We want
6078 to be able to trust REG_UNUSED notes. */
6079 if (find_reg_note (where, REG_UNUSED, value))
6080 return 0;
6081
6082 /* If we propose to get the value from the stack pointer or if GOAL is
6083 a MEM based on the stack pointer, we need a stable SP. */
d5a1d1c7 6084 if (valueno == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM || regno == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
bfa30b22
RK
6085 || (goal_mem && reg_overlap_mentioned_for_reload_p (stack_pointer_rtx,
6086 goal)))
eab89b90
RK
6087 need_stable_sp = 1;
6088
6089 /* Reject VALUE if the copy-insn moved the wrong sort of datum. */
6090 if (GET_MODE (value) != mode)
6091 return 0;
6092
6093 /* Reject VALUE if it was loaded from GOAL
6094 and is also a register that appears in the address of GOAL. */
6095
bd5f6d44 6096 if (goal_mem && value == SET_DEST (single_set (where))
bfa30b22
RK
6097 && refers_to_regno_for_reload_p (valueno,
6098 (valueno
6099 + HARD_REGNO_NREGS (valueno, mode)),
fb3821f7 6100 goal, NULL_PTR))
eab89b90
RK
6101 return 0;
6102
6103 /* Reject registers that overlap GOAL. */
6104
6105 if (!goal_mem && !goal_const
6106 && regno + HARD_REGNO_NREGS (regno, mode) > valueno
6107 && regno < valueno + HARD_REGNO_NREGS (valueno, mode))
6108 return 0;
6109
6110 /* Reject VALUE if it is one of the regs reserved for reloads.
6111 Reload1 knows how to reuse them anyway, and it would get
6112 confused if we allocated one without its knowledge.
6113 (Now that insns introduced by reload are ignored above,
6114 this case shouldn't happen, but I'm not positive.) */
6115
a8c9daeb 6116 if (reload_reg_p != 0 && reload_reg_p != (short *) (HOST_WIDE_INT) 1
eab89b90
RK
6117 && reload_reg_p[valueno] >= 0)
6118 return 0;
6119
6120 /* On some machines, certain regs must always be rejected
6121 because they don't behave the way ordinary registers do. */
6122
6123#ifdef OVERLAPPING_REGNO_P
6124 if (OVERLAPPING_REGNO_P (valueno))
6125 return 0;
6126#endif
6127
6128 nregs = HARD_REGNO_NREGS (regno, mode);
6129 valuenregs = HARD_REGNO_NREGS (valueno, mode);
6130
6131 /* Reject VALUE if it is a register being used for an input reload
6132 even if it is not one of those reserved. */
6133
6134 if (reload_reg_p != 0)
6135 {
6136 int i;
6137 for (i = 0; i < n_reloads; i++)
6138 if (reload_reg_rtx[i] != 0 && reload_in[i])
6139 {
6140 int regno1 = REGNO (reload_reg_rtx[i]);
6141 int nregs1 = HARD_REGNO_NREGS (regno1,
6142 GET_MODE (reload_reg_rtx[i]));
6143 if (regno1 < valueno + valuenregs
6144 && regno1 + nregs1 > valueno)
6145 return 0;
6146 }
6147 }
6148
6149 if (goal_mem)
54b5ffe9
RS
6150 /* We must treat frame pointer as varying here,
6151 since it can vary--in a nonlocal goto as generated by expand_goto. */
6152 goal_mem_addr_varies = !CONSTANT_ADDRESS_P (XEXP (goal, 0));
eab89b90
RK
6153
6154 /* Now verify that the values of GOAL and VALUE remain unaltered
6155 until INSN is reached. */
6156
6157 p = insn;
6158 while (1)
6159 {
6160 p = PREV_INSN (p);
6161 if (p == where)
6162 return value;
6163
6164 /* Don't trust the conversion past a function call
6165 if either of the two is in a call-clobbered register, or memory. */
6166 if (GET_CODE (p) == CALL_INSN
6167 && ((regno >= 0 && regno < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
6168 && call_used_regs[regno])
6169 ||
6170 (valueno >= 0 && valueno < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
6171 && call_used_regs[valueno])
6172 ||
6173 goal_mem
6174 || need_stable_sp))
6175 return 0;
6176
41fe17ab
RK
6177#ifdef NON_SAVING_SETJMP
6178 if (NON_SAVING_SETJMP && GET_CODE (p) == NOTE
6179 && NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (p) == NOTE_INSN_SETJMP)
6180 return 0;
6181#endif
6182
eab89b90
RK
6183#ifdef INSN_CLOBBERS_REGNO_P
6184 if ((valueno >= 0 && valueno < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
6185 && INSN_CLOBBERS_REGNO_P (p, valueno))
6186 || (regno >= 0 && regno < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
6187 && INSN_CLOBBERS_REGNO_P (p, regno)))
6188 return 0;
6189#endif
6190
6191 if (GET_RTX_CLASS (GET_CODE (p)) == 'i')
6192 {
6193 /* If this insn P stores in either GOAL or VALUE, return 0.
6194 If GOAL is a memory ref and this insn writes memory, return 0.
6195 If GOAL is a memory ref and its address is not constant,
6196 and this insn P changes a register used in GOAL, return 0. */
6197
6198 pat = PATTERN (p);
6199 if (GET_CODE (pat) == SET || GET_CODE (pat) == CLOBBER)
6200 {
6201 register rtx dest = SET_DEST (pat);
6202 while (GET_CODE (dest) == SUBREG
6203 || GET_CODE (dest) == ZERO_EXTRACT
6204 || GET_CODE (dest) == SIGN_EXTRACT
6205 || GET_CODE (dest) == STRICT_LOW_PART)
6206 dest = XEXP (dest, 0);
6207 if (GET_CODE (dest) == REG)
6208 {
6209 register int xregno = REGNO (dest);
6210 int xnregs;
6211 if (REGNO (dest) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
6212 xnregs = HARD_REGNO_NREGS (xregno, GET_MODE (dest));
6213 else
6214 xnregs = 1;
6215 if (xregno < regno + nregs && xregno + xnregs > regno)
6216 return 0;
6217 if (xregno < valueno + valuenregs
6218 && xregno + xnregs > valueno)
6219 return 0;
6220 if (goal_mem_addr_varies
bfa30b22 6221 && reg_overlap_mentioned_for_reload_p (dest, goal))
eab89b90
RK
6222 return 0;
6223 }
6224 else if (goal_mem && GET_CODE (dest) == MEM
6225 && ! push_operand (dest, GET_MODE (dest)))
6226 return 0;
9fac9680
RK
6227 else if (GET_CODE (dest) == MEM && regno >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
6228 && reg_equiv_memory_loc[regno] != 0)
6229 return 0;
eab89b90
RK
6230 else if (need_stable_sp && push_operand (dest, GET_MODE (dest)))
6231 return 0;
6232 }
6233 else if (GET_CODE (pat) == PARALLEL)
6234 {
6235 register int i;
6236 for (i = XVECLEN (pat, 0) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
6237 {
6238 register rtx v1 = XVECEXP (pat, 0, i);
6239 if (GET_CODE (v1) == SET || GET_CODE (v1) == CLOBBER)
6240 {
6241 register rtx dest = SET_DEST (v1);
6242 while (GET_CODE (dest) == SUBREG
6243 || GET_CODE (dest) == ZERO_EXTRACT
6244 || GET_CODE (dest) == SIGN_EXTRACT
6245 || GET_CODE (dest) == STRICT_LOW_PART)
6246 dest = XEXP (dest, 0);
6247 if (GET_CODE (dest) == REG)
6248 {
6249 register int xregno = REGNO (dest);
6250 int xnregs;
6251 if (REGNO (dest) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
6252 xnregs = HARD_REGNO_NREGS (xregno, GET_MODE (dest));
6253 else
6254 xnregs = 1;
6255 if (xregno < regno + nregs
6256 && xregno + xnregs > regno)
6257 return 0;
6258 if (xregno < valueno + valuenregs
6259 && xregno + xnregs > valueno)
6260 return 0;
6261 if (goal_mem_addr_varies
bfa30b22
RK
6262 && reg_overlap_mentioned_for_reload_p (dest,
6263 goal))
eab89b90
RK
6264 return 0;
6265 }
6266 else if (goal_mem && GET_CODE (dest) == MEM
6267 && ! push_operand (dest, GET_MODE (dest)))
6268 return 0;
e9a25f70
JL
6269 else if (GET_CODE (dest) == MEM && regno >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
6270 && reg_equiv_memory_loc[regno] != 0)
6271 return 0;
369c7ab6
JW
6272 else if (need_stable_sp
6273 && push_operand (dest, GET_MODE (dest)))
6274 return 0;
6275 }
6276 }
6277 }
6278
6279 if (GET_CODE (p) == CALL_INSN && CALL_INSN_FUNCTION_USAGE (p))
6280 {
6281 rtx link;
6282
6283 for (link = CALL_INSN_FUNCTION_USAGE (p); XEXP (link, 1) != 0;
6284 link = XEXP (link, 1))
6285 {
6286 pat = XEXP (link, 0);
6287 if (GET_CODE (pat) == CLOBBER)
6288 {
6289 register rtx dest = SET_DEST (pat);
6290 while (GET_CODE (dest) == SUBREG
6291 || GET_CODE (dest) == ZERO_EXTRACT
6292 || GET_CODE (dest) == SIGN_EXTRACT
6293 || GET_CODE (dest) == STRICT_LOW_PART)
6294 dest = XEXP (dest, 0);
6295 if (GET_CODE (dest) == REG)
6296 {
6297 register int xregno = REGNO (dest);
6298 int xnregs;
6299 if (REGNO (dest) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
6300 xnregs = HARD_REGNO_NREGS (xregno, GET_MODE (dest));
6301 else
6302 xnregs = 1;
6303 if (xregno < regno + nregs
6304 && xregno + xnregs > regno)
6305 return 0;
6306 if (xregno < valueno + valuenregs
6307 && xregno + xnregs > valueno)
6308 return 0;
6309 if (goal_mem_addr_varies
6310 && reg_overlap_mentioned_for_reload_p (dest,
6311 goal))
6312 return 0;
6313 }
6314 else if (goal_mem && GET_CODE (dest) == MEM
6315 && ! push_operand (dest, GET_MODE (dest)))
6316 return 0;
eab89b90
RK
6317 else if (need_stable_sp
6318 && push_operand (dest, GET_MODE (dest)))
6319 return 0;
6320 }
6321 }
6322 }
6323
6324#ifdef AUTO_INC_DEC
6325 /* If this insn auto-increments or auto-decrements
6326 either regno or valueno, return 0 now.
6327 If GOAL is a memory ref and its address is not constant,
6328 and this insn P increments a register used in GOAL, return 0. */
6329 {
6330 register rtx link;
6331
6332 for (link = REG_NOTES (p); link; link = XEXP (link, 1))
6333 if (REG_NOTE_KIND (link) == REG_INC
6334 && GET_CODE (XEXP (link, 0)) == REG)
6335 {
6336 register int incno = REGNO (XEXP (link, 0));
6337 if (incno < regno + nregs && incno >= regno)
6338 return 0;
6339 if (incno < valueno + valuenregs && incno >= valueno)
6340 return 0;
6341 if (goal_mem_addr_varies
bfa30b22
RK
6342 && reg_overlap_mentioned_for_reload_p (XEXP (link, 0),
6343 goal))
eab89b90
RK
6344 return 0;
6345 }
6346 }
6347#endif
6348 }
6349 }
6350}
6351\f
6352/* Find a place where INCED appears in an increment or decrement operator
6353 within X, and return the amount INCED is incremented or decremented by.
6354 The value is always positive. */
6355
6356static int
6357find_inc_amount (x, inced)
6358 rtx x, inced;
6359{
6360 register enum rtx_code code = GET_CODE (x);
6361 register char *fmt;
6362 register int i;
6363
6364 if (code == MEM)
6365 {
6366 register rtx addr = XEXP (x, 0);
6367 if ((GET_CODE (addr) == PRE_DEC
6368 || GET_CODE (addr) == POST_DEC
6369 || GET_CODE (addr) == PRE_INC
6370 || GET_CODE (addr) == POST_INC)
6371 && XEXP (addr, 0) == inced)
6372 return GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x));
6373 }
6374
6375 fmt = GET_RTX_FORMAT (code);
6376 for (i = GET_RTX_LENGTH (code) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
6377 {
6378 if (fmt[i] == 'e')
6379 {
6380 register int tem = find_inc_amount (XEXP (x, i), inced);
6381 if (tem != 0)
6382 return tem;
6383 }
6384 if (fmt[i] == 'E')
6385 {
6386 register int j;
6387 for (j = XVECLEN (x, i) - 1; j >= 0; j--)
6388 {
6389 register int tem = find_inc_amount (XVECEXP (x, i, j), inced);
6390 if (tem != 0)
6391 return tem;
6392 }
6393 }
6394 }
6395
6396 return 0;
6397}
6398\f
6399/* Return 1 if register REGNO is the subject of a clobber in insn INSN. */
6400
6401int
6402regno_clobbered_p (regno, insn)
6403 int regno;
6404 rtx insn;
6405{
6406 if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == CLOBBER
6407 && GET_CODE (XEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0)) == REG)
6408 return REGNO (XEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0)) == regno;
6409
6410 if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == PARALLEL)
6411 {
6412 int i = XVECLEN (PATTERN (insn), 0) - 1;
6413
6414 for (; i >= 0; i--)
6415 {
6416 rtx elt = XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0, i);
6417 if (GET_CODE (elt) == CLOBBER && GET_CODE (XEXP (elt, 0)) == REG
6418 && REGNO (XEXP (elt, 0)) == regno)
6419 return 1;
6420 }
6421 }
6422
6423 return 0;
6424}
10bcde0d
RK
6425
6426static char *reload_when_needed_name[] =
6427{
6428 "RELOAD_FOR_INPUT",
6429 "RELOAD_FOR_OUTPUT",
6430 "RELOAD_FOR_INSN",
47c8cf91
ILT
6431 "RELOAD_FOR_INPUT_ADDRESS",
6432 "RELOAD_FOR_INPADDR_ADDRESS",
10bcde0d 6433 "RELOAD_FOR_OUTPUT_ADDRESS",
47c8cf91 6434 "RELOAD_FOR_OUTADDR_ADDRESS",
10bcde0d
RK
6435 "RELOAD_FOR_OPERAND_ADDRESS",
6436 "RELOAD_FOR_OPADDR_ADDR",
6437 "RELOAD_OTHER",
6438 "RELOAD_FOR_OTHER_ADDRESS"
6439};
6440
6441static char *reg_class_names[] = REG_CLASS_NAMES;
6442
b8fb2d72 6443/* These functions are used to print the variables set by 'find_reloads' */
10bcde0d
RK
6444
6445void
b8fb2d72
CI
6446debug_reload_to_stream (f)
6447 FILE *f;
10bcde0d
RK
6448{
6449 int r;
505923a0 6450 char *prefix;
10bcde0d 6451
b8fb2d72
CI
6452 if (! f)
6453 f = stderr;
10bcde0d
RK
6454 for (r = 0; r < n_reloads; r++)
6455 {
b8fb2d72 6456 fprintf (f, "Reload %d: ", r);
10bcde0d 6457
505923a0 6458 if (reload_in[r] != 0)
10bcde0d 6459 {
b8fb2d72 6460 fprintf (f, "reload_in (%s) = ",
f7393e85 6461 GET_MODE_NAME (reload_inmode[r]));
b8fb2d72
CI
6462 print_inline_rtx (f, reload_in[r], 24);
6463 fprintf (f, "\n\t");
10bcde0d
RK
6464 }
6465
505923a0 6466 if (reload_out[r] != 0)
10bcde0d 6467 {
b8fb2d72 6468 fprintf (f, "reload_out (%s) = ",
f7393e85 6469 GET_MODE_NAME (reload_outmode[r]));
b8fb2d72
CI
6470 print_inline_rtx (f, reload_out[r], 24);
6471 fprintf (f, "\n\t");
10bcde0d
RK
6472 }
6473
b8fb2d72 6474 fprintf (f, "%s, ", reg_class_names[(int) reload_reg_class[r]]);
10bcde0d 6475
b8fb2d72 6476 fprintf (f, "%s (opnum = %d)",
505923a0 6477 reload_when_needed_name[(int) reload_when_needed[r]],
10bcde0d
RK
6478 reload_opnum[r]);
6479
6480 if (reload_optional[r])
b8fb2d72 6481 fprintf (f, ", optional");
10bcde0d 6482
f5963e61
JL
6483 if (reload_nongroup[r])
6484 fprintf (stderr, ", nongroup");
6485
505923a0 6486 if (reload_inc[r] != 0)
b8fb2d72 6487 fprintf (f, ", inc by %d", reload_inc[r]);
10bcde0d
RK
6488
6489 if (reload_nocombine[r])
b8fb2d72 6490 fprintf (f, ", can't combine");
10bcde0d
RK
6491
6492 if (reload_secondary_p[r])
b8fb2d72 6493 fprintf (f, ", secondary_reload_p");
10bcde0d 6494
505923a0 6495 if (reload_in_reg[r] != 0)
10bcde0d 6496 {
b8fb2d72
CI
6497 fprintf (f, "\n\treload_in_reg: ");
6498 print_inline_rtx (f, reload_in_reg[r], 24);
10bcde0d
RK
6499 }
6500
505923a0 6501 if (reload_reg_rtx[r] != 0)
10bcde0d 6502 {
b8fb2d72
CI
6503 fprintf (f, "\n\treload_reg_rtx: ");
6504 print_inline_rtx (f, reload_reg_rtx[r], 24);
10bcde0d
RK
6505 }
6506
505923a0 6507 prefix = "\n\t";
10bcde0d
RK
6508 if (reload_secondary_in_reload[r] != -1)
6509 {
b8fb2d72 6510 fprintf (f, "%ssecondary_in_reload = %d",
505923a0
RK
6511 prefix, reload_secondary_in_reload[r]);
6512 prefix = ", ";
10bcde0d
RK
6513 }
6514
6515 if (reload_secondary_out_reload[r] != -1)
b8fb2d72 6516 fprintf (f, "%ssecondary_out_reload = %d\n",
505923a0 6517 prefix, reload_secondary_out_reload[r]);
10bcde0d 6518
505923a0 6519 prefix = "\n\t";
10bcde0d
RK
6520 if (reload_secondary_in_icode[r] != CODE_FOR_nothing)
6521 {
e5e809f4
JL
6522 fprintf (stderr, "%ssecondary_in_icode = %s", prefix,
6523 insn_name[reload_secondary_in_icode[r]]);
505923a0 6524 prefix = ", ";
10bcde0d
RK
6525 }
6526
6527 if (reload_secondary_out_icode[r] != CODE_FOR_nothing)
e5e809f4
JL
6528 fprintf (stderr, "%ssecondary_out_icode = %s", prefix,
6529 insn_name[reload_secondary_out_icode[r]]);
10bcde0d 6530
b8fb2d72 6531 fprintf (f, "\n");
10bcde0d 6532 }
10bcde0d 6533}
b8fb2d72
CI
6534
6535void
6536debug_reload ()
6537{
6538 debug_reload_to_stream (stderr);
6539}
This page took 1.558122 seconds and 5 git commands to generate.